e20vf
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON
April 30, 2007
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
or |
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 |
or |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
for the transition period
from to |
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this shell company report |
|
|
|
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether
the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12-b2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No o |
Commission file number 1-16055
PEARSON PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
80 Strand
London, England WC2R 0RL
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Class |
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
*Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
American Depositary Shares, each Representing One Ordinary
Share, 25p per Ordinary Share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
|
|
* |
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of
American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the
SEC. |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant
to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock at the close of
the period covered by the annual report:
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
|
|
|
806,108,760 |
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of
1934. Yes o No þ
Note Checking the box above will not relieve any
registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their
obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and
large accelerated filer, in
Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
þLarge accelerated filer |
|
oAccelerated filer |
|
oNon-accelerated filer |
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
Registrant has elected to follow:
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act):
Yes o No þ
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
3
INTRODUCTION
In this Annual Report on
Form 20-F (the
Annual Report) references to Pearson,
the Company or the Group are references
to Pearson plc, its predecessors and its consolidated
subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires.
Ordinary Shares refer to the ordinary share capital
of Pearson of par value 25p each. ADSs refer to
American Depositary Shares which are Ordinary Shares deposited
pursuant to the Deposit Agreement dated March 21, 1995,
amended and restated as of August 8, 2000 among Pearson,
The Bank of New York as depositary (the Depositary)
and owners and holders of ADSs (the Deposit
Agreement). ADSs are represented by American Depositary
Receipts (ADRs) delivered by the Depositary under
the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
We have prepared the financial information contained in this
Annual Report in accordance with European Union
(EU)-adopted International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS), which differ in certain
significant respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States, or US GAAP. We describe these
differences in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects Accounting Principles, and in
note 36 to our consolidated financial statements included
in Item 17. Financial Statements of this Annual
Report. Unless we indicate otherwise, any reference in this
Annual Report to our consolidated financial statements is to the
consolidated financial statements and the related notes,
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
We publish our consolidated financial statements in sterling. We
have included, however, references to other currencies. In this
Annual Report:
|
|
|
|
|
references to sterling, pounds,
pence or £ are to the lawful
currency of the United Kingdom, |
|
|
|
references to euro or
are
to the euro, the lawful currency of the participating Member
States in the Third Stage of the European Economic and Monetary
Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Commission, and |
|
|
|
references to US dollars, dollars,
cents or $ are to the lawful currency of
the United States. |
For convenience and except where we specify otherwise, we have
translated some sterling figures into US dollars at the rate of
£1.00 = $1.96, the noon buying rate in The City of New York
for cable transfers and foreign currencies as certified by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes on
December 29, 2006, the last business day of 2006. We do not
make any representation that the amounts of sterling have been,
could have been or could be converted into dollars at the rates
indicated. On March 30, 2007 the noon buying rate for
sterling was £1.00 = $1.97.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
You should not rely unduly on forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report. This Annual Report, including the sections
entitled Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects, contains forward-looking statements
that relate to future events or our future financial
performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terms such as may, will,
should, expect, intend,
plan, anticipate, believe,
estimate, predict,
potential, continue or the negative of
these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of these
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements regarding the following:
|
|
|
|
|
operations and prospects, |
|
|
|
growth strategy, |
|
|
|
funding needs and financing resources, |
|
|
|
expected financial position, |
|
|
|
market risk, |
4
|
|
|
|
|
currency risk, |
|
|
|
US federal and state spending patterns, |
|
|
|
debt levels, and |
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions. |
These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our
industrys actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In
evaluating them, you should consider various factors, including
the risks outlined under Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors, which may cause
actual events or our industrys results to differ
materially from those expressed or implied by any
forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements.
5
PART I
|
|
ITEM 1. |
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND
ADVISERS |
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 2. |
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE |
Not applicable.
Selected consolidated financial data
The tables below show selected consolidated financial data under
IFRS and US GAAP. Under US GAAP, the consolidated financial data
has been presented for each of the years in the five-year period
ended December 31, 2006. The Company adopted IFRS on
January 1, 2003. As a result, in accordance with the
instructions of
Form 20-F,
selected consolidated financial data under IFRS is only
presented for each of the years in the four-year period ended
December 31, 2006. The selected consolidated profit and
loss account data for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data
as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included in
Item 17. Financial Statements in this Annual
Report.
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with IFRS, which differs from US GAAP in certain
significant respects. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Accounting
Principles and note 36 to the consolidated financial
statements. The consolidated financial statements contain a
reconciliation to US GAAP of profit for the year,
shareholders funds and certain other financial data.
The selected consolidated financial information should be read
in conjunction with Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
Annual Report. The information provided below is not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected from future
operations.
For convenience, we have translated the 2006 amounts into US
dollars at the rate of £1.00 = $1.96, the noon
buying rate in The City of New York on December 29, 2006.
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
IFRS | |
|
IFRS | |
|
IFRS | |
|
IFRS | |
|
|
IFRS | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
|
$ | |
|
|
(In millions, except for per share amounts) | |
IFRS information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sales
|
|
|
8,109 |
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
|
|
3,651 |
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
1,058 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
|
401 |
|
Profit after taxation from continuing operations
|
|
|
892 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
Profit for the financial year
|
|
|
919 |
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
Basic earnings per equity share(4)
|
|
|
$1.10 |
|
|
|
55.9 |
p |
|
|
78.2 |
p |
|
|
32.9 |
p |
|
|
31.7 |
p |
Diluted earnings per equity share(5)
|
|
|
$1.09 |
|
|
|
55.8 |
p |
|
|
78.1 |
p |
|
|
32.9 |
p |
|
|
31.7 |
p |
Dividends per ordinary share
|
|
|
$0.57 |
|
|
|
29.3 |
p |
|
|
27.0 |
p |
|
|
25.4 |
p |
|
|
24.2 |
p |
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at period end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets (Fixed assets plus Current assets)
|
|
|
14,137 |
|
|
|
7,213 |
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
|
|
6,578 |
|
|
|
6,736 |
|
Shareholders funds
|
|
|
6,813 |
|
|
|
3,476 |
|
|
|
3,564 |
|
|
|
2,800 |
|
|
|
2,969 |
|
Long-term obligations(6)
|
|
|
(3,632 |
) |
|
|
(1,853 |
) |
|
|
(2,500 |
) |
|
|
(2,403 |
) |
|
|
(1,982 |
) |
Capital stock(1)
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
Number of equity shares outstanding
(millions of ordinary shares)
|
|
|
806 |
|
|
|
806 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
|
803 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
|
$ | |
|
|
|
|
(I | |
|
n millions, except for per share amounts) | |
US GAAP information(7):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sales(8)
|
|
|
8,292 |
|
|
|
4,231 |
|
|
|
3,892 |
|
|
|
3,562 |
|
|
|
3,774 |
|
|
|
3,896 |
|
Total operating profit(2)
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
361 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
Profit after taxation from continuing operations
|
|
|
823 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
Net income for the year
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
Profit from continuing operations for the year(3)
|
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations(3)
|
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Profit/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Basic earnings per equity share(4)
|
|
$ |
0.84 |
|
|
|
42.7 |
p |
|
|
51.5 |
p |
|
|
22.8 |
p |
|
|
21.8 |
p |
|
|
23.7 |
p |
Diluted earnings per equity share(5)
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
|
42.6 |
p |
|
|
51.4 |
p |
|
|
22.8 |
p |
|
|
21.8 |
p |
|
|
23.7 |
p |
Basic earnings from continuing operations per equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share(1)(4)
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
|
49.9 |
p |
|
|
20.5 |
p |
|
|
19.2 |
p |
|
|
20.0 |
p |
|
|
23.5 |
p |
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per equity
Shares(3)(5)
|
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
|
|
49.8 |
p |
|
|
20.5 |
p |
|
|
19.2 |
p |
|
|
20.0 |
p |
|
|
23.5 |
p |
Basic (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued
operations(3)(4)
|
|
$ |
(0.14 |
) |
|
|
(7.2 |
)p |
|
|
31.0 |
p |
|
|
3.6 |
p |
|
|
1.8 |
p |
|
|
2.9 |
p |
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued
operations(3)(5)
|
|
$ |
(0.14 |
) |
|
|
(7.2 |
)p |
|
|
30.9 |
p |
|
|
3.6 |
p |
|
|
1.8 |
p |
|
|
2.9 |
p |
Dividends per ordinary share
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
|
29.3 |
p |
|
|
27.0 |
p |
|
|
25.4 |
p |
|
|
24.2 |
p |
|
|
22.7 |
p |
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
£ | |
|
|
$ | |
|
|
|
|
(I | |
|
n millions, except for per share amounts) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at period end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
14,351 |
|
|
|
7,322 |
|
|
|
7,800 |
|
|
|
7,040 |
|
|
|
7,101 |
|
|
|
6,767 |
|
Shareholders funds
|
|
|
7,019 |
|
|
|
3,581 |
|
|
|
3,838 |
|
|
|
3,218 |
|
|
|
3,333 |
|
|
|
4,155 |
|
Long-term obligations(6)
|
|
|
(3,622 |
) |
|
|
(1,848 |
) |
|
|
(2,397 |
) |
|
|
(2,392 |
) |
|
|
(1,951 |
) |
|
|
(2,026 |
) |
|
|
(1) |
Capital stock and the number of equity shares outstanding are
the same under both IFRS and US GAAP. |
|
(2) |
Total operating profit under US GAAP includes a loss of
£2m in 2006 (2005: £nil; 2004: profit of £14m) on
the sale of fixed assets and investments. Additionally, the
US GAAP operating profit includes the operating profit
impact of the GAAP adjustments discussed in note 36 in
Item 17. Financial Statements. |
|
(3) |
Discontinued operations under both IFRS and US GAAP
comprise the results of Pearson Government Solutions for all
years presented, Recoletos Grupo de Comunicacion SA for
2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the results of RTL Group for 2002.
Discontinued operations under US GAAP also include the
results of the Forum Corporation for 2003 and 2002. |
|
(4) |
Basic earnings per equity share is based on profit/loss for the
financial period and the weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue during the period. |
|
(5) |
Diluted earnings per equity share is based on diluted earnings
for the financial period and the diluted weighted average number
of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings
comprise earnings adjusted for the tax benefit on the conversion
of share options by employees and the weighted average number of
ordinary shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of share
options. |
|
(6) |
Long-term obligations comprise any liabilities with a maturity
of more than one year, including medium and long-term
borrowings, derivative financial instruments, pension
obligations and deferred income tax liabilities. |
|
(7) |
See note 36 to the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report entitled Summary of
principal differences between International Financial Reporting
Standards and United States of America generally accepted
accounting principles. |
|
(8) |
Commencing in 2006, the Company has included within Sales,
shipping and handling fees and costs, distribution income and
subrights income, which were previously reflected on a net basis
within operating expenses. Sales figures for all prior years
presented have been revised for comparative purposes (2006:
£94m; 2005: £84m; 2004: £83m; 2003: £94m;
and 2002: £109m). |
Dividend information
The Group pays dividends to holders of ordinary shares on dates
that are fixed in accordance with the guidelines of the London
Stock Exchange. The board of directors normally declares an
interim dividend in July or August of each year to be paid in
September or October. The board of directors normally recommends
a final dividend following the end of the fiscal year to which
it relates, to be paid in the following May or June, subject to
shareholders approval at our annual general meeting. At
the annual general meeting on April 27, 2007 our
shareholders approved a final dividend of 18.8p per ordinary
share for the year ended December 31, 2006.
8
The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and
total dividends paid in respect of each fiscal year indicated,
and is translated into cents per ordinary share at the noon
buying rate in the city of New York on each of the respective
payment dates for interim and final dividends. The final
dividend for the 2006 fiscal year will be paid on May 11,
2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year |
|
Interim | |
|
Final | |
|
Total | |
|
Interim | |
|
Final | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Pence per ordinary share) | |
|
(Cents per ordinary share) | |
2006
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
18.8 |
|
|
|
29.3 |
|
|
|
20.6 |
|
|
|
36.8 |
|
|
|
57.4 |
|
2005
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
17.0 |
|
|
|
27.0 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
|
|
|
29.2 |
|
|
|
46.4 |
|
2004
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
25.4 |
|
|
|
18.6 |
|
|
|
30.2 |
|
|
|
48.8 |
|
2003
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
|
|
16.7 |
|
|
|
26.4 |
|
|
|
43.1 |
|
2002
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
23.0 |
|
|
|
37.7 |
|
Future dividends will be dependent on our future earnings,
financial condition and cash flow, as well as other factors
affecting the Group.
Exchange rate information
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
information concerning the noon buying rate for sterling,
expressed in dollars per pound sterling. The average rate is
calculated by using the average of the noon buying rates in the
city of New York on each day during a monthly period and on the
last day of each month during an annual period. On
December 29, 2006, the noon buying rate for sterling was
£1.00 = $1.96. On March 30, 2007 the noon buying rate
for sterling was £1.00 = $1.97.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
March 2007
|
|
$ |
1.97 |
|
|
$ |
1.92 |
|
February 2007
|
|
$ |
1.97 |
|
|
$ |
1.94 |
|
January 2007
|
|
$ |
1.98 |
|
|
$ |
1.93 |
|
December 2006
|
|
$ |
1.98 |
|
|
$ |
1.95 |
|
November 2006
|
|
$ |
1.97 |
|
|
$ |
1.89 |
|
October 2006
|
|
$ |
1.91 |
|
|
$ |
1.85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 |
|
Average rate | |
|
|
| |
2006
|
|
$ |
1.84 |
|
2005
|
|
$ |
1.81 |
|
2004
|
|
$ |
1.83 |
|
2003
|
|
$ |
1.63 |
|
2002
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Risk factors
You should carefully consider the risk factors described
below, as well as the other information included in this Annual
Report. Our business, financial condition or results from
operations could be materially adversely affected by any or all
of these risks, or by other risks that we presently cannot
identify.
|
|
|
Our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not
be adequately protected under current laws in some jurisdictions
and that may adversely affect our results and our ability to
grow. |
Our products largely comprise intellectual property delivered
through a variety of media, including newspapers, books and the
internet. We rely on trademark, copyright and other intellectual
property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in
these products.
We cannot be sure that our proprietary rights will not be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Our intellectual
property rights in countries such as the US and UK,
jurisdictions covering the largest proportion of
9
our operations, are well established. However, we also conduct
business in other countries where the extent of effective legal
protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain, and
this uncertainty could affect our future growth. Moreover,
despite trademark and copyright protection, third parties may
copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights
without our authorization.
These unauthorized activities may be more easily facilitated by
the internet. The lack of internet-specific legislation relating
to trademark and copyright protection creates an additional
challenge for us in protecting our proprietary rights relating
to our online business processes and other digital technology
rights. The loss or diminution in value of these proprietary
rights or our intellectual property could have a material
adverse effect on our business and financial performance. In
that regard, Penguin Group (USA) Inc. and Pearson Education
have joined three other major US publishers in a suit brought
under the auspices of the Association of American Publishers to
challenge Googles plans to copy the full text of all books
ever published without permission from the publishers or
authors. This lawsuit seeks to demarcate the extent to which
search engines, other internet operators and libraries may rely
on the fair-use doctrine to copy content without authorization
from the copyright proprietors, and may give publishers and
authors more control over online users of their intellectual
property. If the lawsuit is unsuccessful, publishers and authors
may be unable to control copying of their content for purposes
of online searching, which could have an adverse impact on our
business and financial performance.
|
|
|
Our US educational textbook and testing businesses may be
adversely affected by changes in state educational funding
resulting from either general economic conditions, changes in
government educational funding, programs and legislation (both
at the federal and state level), and/or changes in the state
procurement process. |
The results and growth of our US educational textbook and
testing business is dependent on the level of US and state
educational funding, which in turn is dependent on the
robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated
to educational programs. Federal and/or state legislative
changes can also affect the funding available for educational
expenditure, e.g. the No Child Left Behind Act.
Similarly changes in the state procurement process for
textbooks, learning material and student tests, particularly in
the adoptions market can also affect our markets. For example,
changes in curricula, delays in the timing of the adoptions and
changes in the student testing process can all affect these
programs and therefore the size of our market in any given year.
There are multiple competing demands for educational funds and
there is no guarantee that states will fund new textbooks or
testing programs, or that we will win this business.
|
|
|
Our newspaper businesses may be adversely affected by
reductions in advertising revenues and/or circulation either
because of competing news information distribution channels,
particularly online and digital formats, or due to weak general
economic conditions. |
Changes in consumer purchasing habits, as readers look to
alternative sources and/or providers of information, such as the
internet and other digital formats, may change the way we
distribute our content. We might see a decline in print
circulation in our more mature markets as readership habits
change and readers migrate online, although we see further
opportunities for growth in our less mature markets outside
Europe. If the migration of readers to new digital formats
occurs more quickly than we expect, this is likely to affect
print advertising spend by our customers, adversely affecting
our profitability.
Our newspaper businesses are highly geared and remain dependent
on advertising revenue; relatively small changes in revenue,
positive or negative, have a disproportionate effect on
profitability. We are beginning to see an increase in
advertising revenues compared to prior years, however any
downturn in corporate and financial advertising spend would
negatively impact our results.
10
|
|
|
A control breakdown in our school testing businesses could
result in financial loss and reputational damage. |
There are inherent risks associated with our school testing
businesses, both in the USA and the UK. A breakdown in our
testing and assessment products and processes could lead to a
mis-grading of student tests and/or late delivery of test
results to students and their schools. In either event we may be
subject to legal claims, penalty charges under our contracts,
non-renewal of contracts and/or in the case of our UK testing
business, the suspension or withdrawal of our accreditation to
conduct tests. It is also possible that such events would result
in adverse publicity, which may affect our ability to retain
existing contracts and/or obtain new customers.
|
|
|
Our professional services and school testing businesses
involve complex contractual relationships with both government
agencies and commercial customers for the provision of various
testing services. Our financial results, growth prospects and/or
reputation may be adversely affected if these contracts and
relationships are not managed. |
These businesses are characterized by multi-million pound
contracts spread over several years. As in any contracting
business, there are inherent risks associated with the bidding
process, start-up, operational performance and contract
compliance (including penalty clauses) which could adversely
affect our financial performance and/or reputation.
Several of these businesses are dependent on either single or a
small number of large contracts. Failure to retain these
contracts at the end of the contract term would adversely impact
our future revenue growth. At Edexcel, our UK Examination board
and testing business, any change in UK Government policy to exam
marking and student testing could have a significant impact on
our present business model.
|
|
|
We operate in a highly competitive environment that is
subject to rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt
to remain competitive. |
Our education, business information and book publishing
businesses operate in highly competitive markets. These markets
constantly change in response to competition, technological
innovations and other factors. To remain competitive we continue
to invest in our authors, products, services and people. There
is no guarantee that these investments will generate the
anticipated returns or protect us from being placed at a
competitive disadvantage with respect to scale, resources and
our ability to develop and exploit opportunities.
Specific competitive threats we face at present include:
|
|
|
|
|
Students seeking cheaper sources of content, e.g. on-line, used
books or re-imported textbooks. |
|
|
|
Competition from major publishers and other educational material
and service providers in our US educational textbook and testing
businesses. |
|
|
|
Penguin Authors advances in consumer
publishing. We compete with other publishing businesses to
purchase the rights to author manuscripts. Our competitors may
bid to a level at which we could not generate a sufficient
return on our investment, and so, typically, we would not
purchase these rights. |
|
|
|
People the investments we make in our employees,
combined with our employment policies and practices, we believe
are critical factors enabling us to recruit and retain the very
best people in our business sectors. However, some of our
markets are presently undergoing radical restructuring with
several of our competitors up for sale, particularly in the
Education sector. New owners, particularly private equity, may
try to recruit our key talent as part of this industry
restructuring. |
|
|
|
At Penguin, changes in product distribution channels,
increased book returns and/or customer bankruptcy may restrict
our ability to grow and affect our profitability. |
New distribution channels, e.g. digital format, the internet,
used books, combined with the concentration of retailer power
pose multiple threats (and opportunities) to our traditional
consumer publishing models, potentially impacting both sales
volumes and pricing.
11
Penguins financial performance can also be negatively
affected if book return rates increase above historical average
levels. Similarly, the bankruptcy of a major retail customer
would disrupt short-term product supply to the market as well as
result in a large debt write off.
|
|
|
We operate in markets which are dependent on Information
Technology systems and technological change. |
All our businesses, to a greater or lesser extent, are dependent
on technology. We either provide software and/or internet
services to our customers or we use complex information
technology systems and products to support our business
activities, particularly in business information publishing,
back-office processing and infrastructure.
We face several technological risks associated with software
product development and service delivery in our educational
businesses, information technology security (including virus and
hacker attacks), e-commerce, enterprise resource planning system
implementations and upgrades. The failure to recruit and retain
staff with relevant skills may constrain our ability to grow as
we combine traditional publishing products with online and
service offerings.
|
|
|
Operational disruption to our business caused by a major
disaster and/or external threat such as Avian Flu, restricting
our ability to supply products and services to our
customers. |
Across all our businesses we manage complex operational and
logistical arrangements including distribution centers,
third-party print sites, data centers and large office
facilities. Failure to recover from a major disaster, e.g. fire,
flood etc, at a key facility or the disruption of supply from a
key third-party vendor could restrict our ability to service our
customers. Similarly external threats, such as Avian Flu,
terrorist attacks, strikes etc, could all affect our business
and employees, disrupting our daily business activities.
We have developed business continuity arrangements, including IT
disaster recovery plans, to minimize any business disruption in
the event of a major disaster. However, despite regular updates
and testing of these plans there is no guarantee that our
financial performance will not be adversely affected in the
event of a major disaster and/or external threat to our
business. Insurance coverage may minimize any losses in certain
circumstances.
|
|
|
Investment returns outside our traditional core US and UK
markets may be lower than anticipated. |
To minimize dependence on our core markets, particularly the US,
we are seeking growth opportunities outside these markets,
building on our existing substantial international presence.
Certain markets we may target for growth are inherently more
risky than our traditional markets. Political, economic,
currency and corporate governance risks (including fraud) as
well as unmanaged expansion are all factors which could limit
our returns on investments made in these non-traditional markets.
|
|
|
Our reported earnings and cash flows may be adversely
affected by changes in our pension costs and funding
requirements. |
We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, the
principal ones being in the UK and US. The major plans are
self-administered with the plans assets held independently
of the Group. Regular valuations, conducted by independent
qualified actuaries, are used to determine pension costs and
funding requirements.
It is our policy to ensure that each pension plan is adequately
funded, over time, to meet its ongoing and future liabilities.
Our earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by the
need to provide additional funding to eliminate pension fund
deficits in our defined benefit plans. Our greatest exposure
relates to our UK defined benefit pension plan. Pension fund
deficits have/may arise because of inadequate investment
returns, increased member life expectancy, changes in actuarial
assumptions and changes in pension regulations, including
accounting rules and minimum funding requirements.
The latest valuation of our UK defined benefit pension plan has
been completed and future funding arrangements have been agreed
between the Company and the pension fund Trustee. Additional
payments
12
amounting to £100m will be made by the Company in 2007. We
review these arrangements every three years and are confident
that the pension funding plans are sufficient to meet future
liabilities without unduly affecting the development of the
Company.
Social, environmental and ethical risk
We consider social, environmental and ethical (SEE) risks no
differently to the way we manage any other business risk. Our
2006 risk assessments did not identify any significant
under-managed SEE risks, nor have any of our most important SEE
risks, many concerned with reputational risk, changed year on
year. These are:
|
|
|
|
|
Journalistic/author integrity; |
|
|
|
Ethical business behavior; |
|
|
|
Compliance with UN Global Compact principles on labor standards,
human rights, environment and anti-corruption; |
|
|
|
Environmental impact; |
|
|
|
People; |
|
|
|
Data privacy. |
|
|
|
Changes in our tax position can significantly affect our
reported earnings and cash flows. |
There are several factors which may affect our reported tax rate
and/or level of tax payments in the future. The most important
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in corporate tax rates and/or other relevant tax laws in
the UK and/or the US could have a material impact on our future
reported tax rate and/or our future tax payments. |
|
|
|
A material shortfall in profits of our US businesses below the
level projected in our strategic plans would require us to
reconsider the amount of the deferred tax asset relating to US
new operating losses in our balance sheet (£126m at
December 31, 2006). This could lead to a material increase
in the reported tax rate. |
We generate a substantial proportion of our revenue in
foreign currencies, particularly the US dollar, and foreign
exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our earnings
and the strength of our balance sheet.
As with any international business, our earnings can be
materially affected by exchange rate movements. We are
particularly exposed to movements in the US dollar to sterling
exchange rate as approximately 65% of our revenue is generated
in US dollars. We estimate that if 2005 average rates had
prevailed in 2006, sales for 2006 would have been £44m or
1% higher. This is predominantly a currency translation risk
(i.e. non-cash flow item), and not a trading risk (i.e. cash
flow item), as our currency trading flows are relatively
limited. Pearson generates about two-thirds of its sales in the
US and each five cent change in the average £:$ exchange
rate for the full year (which in 2006 was £1:$1.84 and in
2005 was £1:$1.81) would have an impact of 1p on earnings
per share. We estimate that a five cent change in the closing
exchange rate between the US dollar and sterling in any year
could affect our shareholders funds by approximately
£85m.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE
COMPANY
Pearson
Pearson is a global publishing company with its principal
operations in the education, business information and consumer
publishing markets. We have significant operations in the United
States, where we generate over 65% of our revenues, and in the
United Kingdom and continental Europe. We create and manage
intellectual property, which we promote and sell to our
customers under well-known brand names, to inform, educate and
entertain. We deliver our content in a variety of forms and
through a variety of channels,
13
including books, newspapers and internet services. We
increasingly offer services as well as content, from test
processing to training.
Pearson was incorporated and registered in 1897 under the laws
of England and Wales as a limited company and re-registered
under the UK Companies Act as a public limited company in 1981.
We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries and
other affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at
80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
(telephone: +44 (0) 20 7010 2000).
Overview of operating divisions
Although our businesses increasingly share markets, brands,
processes and facilities, they consist of three core operations:
Pearson Education is the worlds leading education
company. We are a leading international publisher of textbooks,
supplementary materials and electronic education programs for
teachers and students of all ages, and we play a major role in
the testing and certification of school students and
professionals. Pearson Education consists of the following three
operating segments:
|
|
|
|
|
School publisher, provider of testing and software
services for primary and secondary schools; |
|
|
|
Higher Education publisher of textbooks and related
course materials for colleges and universities; |
|
|
|
Professional publisher of texts, reference and
interactive products for industry professionals. Provider of
various testing and service arrangements for government
departments and professional bodies. |
The FT Group is a leading provider of international
business and financial news, data, comment and analysis, in
print and online. The FT Group comprises the following operating
segments:
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing publisher of the Financial
Times, other business newspapers, magazines and financial
information and intelligence; |
|
|
|
Interactive Data (IDC) provider of
financial and business information to financial institutions and
retail investors. |
The Penguin Group is one of the worlds foremost
English language publishers. We publish the works of many
authors in an extensive portfolio of fiction, non-fiction,
reference and illustrated works under imprints including
Penguin, Hamish Hamilton, Putnam, Berkley, Viking and Dorling
Kindersley.
Our strategy
Over the past decade we have transformed Pearson by focusing on
companies which provide education in the broadest
sense of the word; companies that educate, inform and entertain.
Through a combination of organic investment and acquisitions, we
have built each one of our businesses into a leader in its
market, and we have integrated our operations where appropriate
so that our businesses can share assets, brands, processes,
facilities, technology and central services.
Our goal is to produce sustainable growth on our three key
financial measures adjusted earnings per share, cash
flow and return on invested capital which we believe
are, together, good indicators that we are building the
long-term value of Pearson.
We do this by investing consistently in four areas, which are
common to all our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
Content: We invest steadily in unique, valuable publishing
content and keep replenishing it. Over the past five years, for
example, we have invested $1.6bn in new content in our education
business alone. |
|
|
|
Technology and services: We invested early and consistently in
technology, believing that, in the digital world, content alone
would not be enough. In 2006, we generated more than $1bn in
sales from technology products and services, and our testing and
assessment businesses, serving school students and
professionals, made more than $1bn of sales, up from around
$200m seven years ago. |
14
|
|
|
|
|
International markets: Though we currently generate two-thirds
of our sales in the US, our brands, content and
technology-plus-services models work around the world. All parts
of Pearson are investing in selected emerging markets, where the
demand for information and education is growing particularly
fast. |
|
|
|
Efficiency: We have invested to become a leaner, more efficient
company, through savings in our individual businesses and
through a strong centralized operations structure. Over the past
five years, we have increased our profit margins from 9.9% to
13.4% and reduced average working capital as a percentage of
sales in Pearson Education and Penguin from 30.7% to 26.3%,
freeing up cash for further investment. |
We believe this strategy can create a virtuous
circle efficiency, investment, market share gains
and scale which in turn can produce sustainable
growth on our financial goals and the value of the Company.
Operating divisions
Pearson Education is one of the worlds largest publishers
of textbooks and online teaching materials. It serves the
growing demands of teachers, students, parents and professionals
throughout the world for stimulating and effective education
programs in print and online.
We report Pearson Educations performance by the three
market segments it serves: School, Higher Education and
Professional. In 2006, Pearson Education had sales of
£2,591m or 63% of Pearsons total sales (2005: 62%)
and contributed 68% (2005: 63%) to Pearsons total
operating profit.
Our School business contains a unique mix of publishing, testing
and technology products, which are increasingly integrated. It
generates around two-thirds of its sales in the US.
In the US, we publish high quality curriculum programs for
school students covering subjects such as reading, literature,
maths, science and social studies. We publish under a range of
well-known imprints that include Scott Foresman in the
elementary school market and Prentice Hall in secondary. Our
school testing business is the leading provider of test
development, processing and scoring services to US states and
the federal government, processing some 40 million tests
each year. We are also the leading provider of electronic
learning programs for schools, and of Student Information
Systems technology which enables schools and districts to
record and manage information about student attendance and
performance.
In the US, more than 90% of government funds for schools comes
from state or local government, with the remainder coming from
federal sources. Our School companys major customers are
state education boards and local school districts.
Outside the US, we publish school materials in local languages
in a number of countries. We are the worlds leading
provider of English Language Teaching materials for children and
adults, published under the well-known Longman imprint. We are
also a leading provider of testing, assessment and qualification
services. Our key markets outside the US include Canada, the UK,
Australia, Italy, Spain, South Africa, Hong Kong and the Middle
East.
Pearson Education is the United States largest publisher,
by sales, of textbooks and related course materials for colleges
and universities. We publish across all of the main fields of
study with imprints such as Pearson Prentice Hall, Pearson
Addison Wesley, Pearson Allyn & Bacon and Pearson Benjamin
Cummings. Typically, professors or other instructors select or
adopt the textbooks and online resources they
recommend for their students, which students then purchase
either in a bookstore or online. Today the majority of our
textbooks are accompanied by online services which include
homework and assessment tools, study guides and course
management systems that enable professors to create online
courses. We have also introduced new
15
formats such as downloadable audio study guides and electronic
textbooks which are sold on subscription. In addition, we have a
fast-growing custom publishing business which works with
professors to produce textbooks and online resources
specifically adapted for their particular course. In 2006, our
Higher Education business generated approximately 80% of its
sales in the US. Outside the US, we adapt our textbooks and
technology services for individual markets, and we have a
growing local publishing program. Our key markets outside the US
include Canada, the UK, Benelux, Mexico, Germany, Hong Kong,
Taiwan and Malaysia.
Our Professional education businesses publish educational
materials and provide testing and qualifications services for
adults. Our publishing imprints include Addison Wesley
Professional, Prentice Hall PTR, and Cisco Press (for IT
professionals), Peachpit Press and New Riders Press (graphics
and design professionals), Que/ Sams (consumer and professional
imprint) and Prentice Hall Financial Times (for the business
education market). We have a fast-growing Professional Testing
business, Pearson VUE, which manages major long-term contracts
to provide qualification and assessment services through its
network of test centers around the world. Key customers include
major technology companies, the Graduate Management Admissions
Council, the National Association of Securities Dealers and the
UKs Driving Standards Agency. We also provide a range of
data collection and management services, including scanners, to
a wide range of customers. In December 2006, the Group announced
that it had agreed to sell Pearson Government Solutions to
Veritas Capital, a private equity firm. This operation is
disclosed as discontinued in the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004. The assets and liabilities of Pearson
Government Solutions have been reclassified to non-current
assets held for sale in the Groups Consolidated Balance
Sheet as at December 31, 2006.
The FT Group provides a broad range of data, analysis and
services to an audience of internationally-minded business
people and financial institutions. In 2006, the FT Group had
sales of £698m, or 17% of Pearsons total sales (2005:
17%), and contributed 21% of Pearsons operating profit
(2005: 25%).
It has two major parts: FT Publishing, our network of
international and national business newspapers and online
services; and Interactive Data Corporation, our 62%-owned
financial information company.
The Financial Times is the worlds leading
international daily business newspaper. Its average daily
circulation of 430,469 copies in December 2006, as reported by
the Audit Bureau of Circulation, is split as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom/ Republic of Ireland
|
|
|
31 |
% |
Continental Europe
|
|
|
27 |
% |
Americas
|
|
|
31 |
% |
Asia
|
|
|
9 |
% |
Rest of the World
|
|
|
2 |
% |
In 2006, approximately 70% of the FTs revenues were
generated through advertising. The FT also sells content and
advertising online through FT.com. FT.com charges subscribers
for detailed industry news, comment and analysis, while
providing general news and market data to a wider audience.
FT Publishing also includes: FT Business, which publishes
specialist information on the retail, personal and institutional
finance industries through titles including Investors
Chronicle, Money Management, Financial Adviser
and The Banker; Les Echos, Frances
leading business newspaper, and a number of joint ventures and
associates in business publishing.
16
In August 2006, the Financial Times acquired Mergermarket, an
online financial data and intelligence provider. The acquisition
strengthens the FT Group, adding proprietary content, a premium
customer base, reliable growth from new revenue sources and
attractive financial characteristics to the organization.
|
|
|
Interactive Data Corporation |
Interactive Data Corporation is a leading provider of financial
market data, analytics and related services to financial
institutions, active traders and individual investors. The
companys businesses supply time-sensitive pricing,
evaluations and reference data for more than 3.5 million
securities traded around the world, including hard-to-value
instruments such as illiquid bonds. We own 62% of Interactive
Data Corporation; the remaining 38% is publicly traded.
On April 8, 2005, the Group completed the sale to Retos
Catera S.A. of our 79% stake in Recoletos, a publicly quoted
Spanish media Group, for gross proceeds of
743m. Net cash
proceeds of £371m were received resulting in a profit on
disposal of £306m.
|
|
|
Joint Ventures and Associates |
As at 2006 year-end, the FT Group also had a number of
associates and joint ventures, including:
|
|
|
|
|
50% interest in The Economist Group, publisher of the
worlds leading weekly business and current affairs
magazine. |
|
|
|
50% interest in FT Deutschland, a German language
business newspaper with a fully integrated online business news,
analysis and data service. |
|
|
|
50% interest in FTSE International, a joint venture with the
London Stock Exchange, which publishes a wide range of global
indices, including the important FTSE index. |
|
|
|
33% interest in Vedomosti, a leading Russian business
newspaper. |
|
|
|
50% interest in Business Day and Financial Mail,
publishers of South Africas leading financial newspaper
and magazine. |
|
|
|
14% interest in Business Standard, one of Indias
leading business newspapers. |
Penguin is one of the worlds premier English language book
publishers. We publish an extensive backlist and frontlist of
titles, including fiction and non-fiction, literary prize
winners, commercial bestsellers, classics and childrens
titles. We rank in the top three consumer publishers, based upon
sales, in all major English speaking and related
markets the US, the UK, Australia, New Zealand,
Canada, India and South Africa.
Penguin publishes under many imprints including, in the adult
market, Allen Lane, Avery, Berkley Books, Dorling Kindersley,
Dutton, Hamish Hamilton, Michael Joseph, Plume, Putnam,
Riverhead and Viking. Our leading childrens imprints
include Puffin, Ladybird, Warne and Grosset & Dunlap. In
2006, Penguin had sales of £848m, representing 20% of
Pearsons total sales (2005: 21%) and contributed 11% of
Pearsons operating profit (2005: 12%). Its largest market
is the US, which generated around 60% of Penguins sales in
2006. The Penguin Group earns around 99% of its revenues from
the sale of hard cover and paperback books. The balance comes
from audio books and from the sale and licensing of intellectual
property rights, such as the Beatrix Potter series of fictional
characters, and acting as a book distributor for a number of
smaller publishing houses.
We sell directly to bookshops and through wholesalers. Retail
bookshops normally maintain relationships with both publishers
and wholesalers and use the channel that best serves the
specific requirements of an order. We also sell online through
third parties such as Amazon.com.
17
Operating cycles
Pearson determines a normal operating cycle separately for each
entity/cash generating unit within the Group with distinct
economic characteristics. The normal operating cycle
for each of the Groups education businesses is primarily
based on the expected period over which the educational programs
and titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of
the time it takes to produce the educational programs.
Particularly for the US School and Higher Education businesses,
which represent more than 50% (by sales) of our education
publishing businesses, there are well established cycles
operating in the market:
|
|
|
|
|
The School market is primarily driven by an adoption cycle in
which major state education boards adopt programs
and provide funding to schools for the purchase of these
programs. There is an established and published adoption cycle
with new adoptions taking place on average every 5 years
for a particular subject. Once adopted, a program will typically
sell over the course of the subsequent 5 years. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the market adoption
cycles. Therefore the operating cycle naturally follows the
market cycle. |
|
|
|
The Higher Education market has a similar pattern, with colleges
and professors typically refreshing their courses and selecting
revised programs on a regular basis, often in line with the
release of new editions or new technology offerings. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the typical demand for
new editions of, or revisions to, educational programs. Analysis
of historical data shows that the average life cycle of Higher
Education content is 5 years. Again the operating cycle
mirrors the market cycle. |
A development phase of typically 12 to 18 months for Higher
Education and up to 24 months for School precedes the
period during which the Company receives and delivers against
orders for the products it has developed for the program.
Non-US markets operate
in a similar way although often with less formal
adoption processes.
The operating cycles in respect of the Professional and Penguin
segments are more specialized in nature as they relate to
educational or heavy reference products released into smaller
markets (e.g. the financial training, IT and travel sectors).
Nevertheless, in these markets, there is still a regular cycle
of product renewal, in line with demand which management
monitor. Typically the life cycle is 5 years for
Professional content and 4 years for Penguin content.
Competition
All of Pearsons businesses operate in highly competitive
environments.
Pearson Education competes with other publishers and creators of
educational materials and services. These companies include
large international companies, such as
McGraw-Hill, Reed
Elsevier, Houghton Mifflin Riverdeep Group and Thomson alongside
smaller niche players that specialize in a particular academic
discipline or focus on a learning technology. Competition is
based on the ability to deliver quality products and services
that address the specified curriculum needs and appeal to the
school boards, educators and government officials making
purchasing decisions.
The FT Groups newspapers, magazines and websites compete
with newspapers and other information sources, such as The
Wall Street Journal, by offering timely and expert analysis
and insight. It competes for advertisers with other forms of
media based on the ability to offer an effective means for
advertisers to reach their target audience. IDC competes with
Reuters, Bloomberg and Thomson Financial on a global basis for
the provision of financial data to the back office. In Europe
Telekurs is also a direct competitor for these services.
The Penguin Group competes with other publishers of fiction and
non-fiction books. Principal competitors include Random House,
HarperCollins, and Hachette Livre. Publishers compete by
developing a portfolio of books by established authors and by
seeking out and promoting talented new writers.
18
Intellectual property
Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our
trademarks and other rights in our brand names, particularly the
Financial Times and the various imprints of Penguin and
Pearson Education, as well as all copyrights in our content and
our patents held in the testing business in the name of Pearson
NCS. We believe we have taken all appropriate available legal
steps to protect our intellectual property in all relevant
jurisdictions.
Raw materials
Paper is the principal raw material used by each of Pearson
Education, the FT Group and the Penguin Group. We purchase most
of our paper through our central purchasing department located
in the United States. We have not experienced and do not
anticipate difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies of paper
for our operations, with sourcing available from numerous
suppliers. While local prices fluctuate depending upon local
market conditions, we have not experienced extensive volatility
in fulfilling paper requirements. In the event of a sharp
increase in paper prices, we have a number of alternatives to
minimize the impact on our operating margins, including
modifying the grades of paper used in production.
Government regulation
The manufacture of certain of our products in various markets is
subject to governmental regulation relating to the discharge of
materials into the environment. Our operations are also subject
to the risks and uncertainties attendant to doing business in
numerous countries. Some of the countries in which we conduct
these operations maintain controls on the repatriation of
earnings and capital and restrict the means available to us for
hedging potential currency fluctuation risks. The operations
that are affected by these controls, however, are not material
to us. Accordingly, these controls have not significantly
affected our international operations. Regulatory authorities
may have enforcement powers that could have an impact on us. We
believe, however, that we have taken and continue to take
measures to comply with all applicable laws and governmental
regulations in the jurisdictions where we operate so that the
risk of these sanctions does not represent a material threat to
us.
Licenses, patents and contracts
We are not dependent upon any particular licenses, patents or
new manufacturing processes that are material to our business or
profitability. Likewise, we are not materially dependent upon
any contracts with suppliers or customers, including contracts
of an industrial, commercial or financial nature.
Recent developments
On February 15, 2007 the Group completed the disposal of
Pearson Government Solutions, its Government services business,
to Veritas Capital. Sale proceeds consist of $560m in cash, $40m
in preferred stock and 10% of the equity of the business. The
Group expects to report a post tax loss on the disposal, as the
capital gain for tax purposes will exceed any book gain.
On September 30, 2006, the Group acquired 100% of the
voting rights of Mergermarket, a financial information company
providing information to financial institutions, corporations
and their advisers. In addition, several other businesses were
acquired in 2006 including Promissor, Paravia Bruno Mondadori
(PBM), National Evaluation Systems (NES), PowerSchool and
Chancery in the Education business and Quote.com in IDC.
On July 22, 2005, Pearson acquired 100% of the voting
rights of AGS Publishing, an educational assessments and
curriculum materials publisher.
In addition, several other businesses were acquired in the
current and prior years, none of which were individually
material to the Group.
19
Organizational structure
Pearson plc is a holding company which conducts its business
primarily through subsidiaries and other affiliates throughout
the world. Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries as at
December 31, 2006, including name, country of incorporation
or residence, proportion of ownership interest and, if
different, proportion of voting power held.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage | |
|
|
|
|
interest/voting | |
Name |
|
Country of incorporation/residence |
|
power | |
|
|
|
|
| |
Pearson Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education Inc
|
|
United States (Delaware) |
|
|
100% |
|
Pearson Education Ltd
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
NCS Pearson Inc
|
|
United States (Minnesota) |
|
|
100% |
|
FT Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Financial Times Limited
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
Financial Times Business Ltd
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
Mergermarket Ltd
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
Interactive Data Corporation
|
|
United States (Delaware) |
|
|
62% |
|
Les Echos SA
|
|
France |
|
|
100% |
|
The Penguin Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin Group (USA) Inc
|
|
United States (Delaware) |
|
|
100% |
|
The Penguin Publishing Co Ltd
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
Dorling Kindersley Holdings Ltd
|
|
England and Wales |
|
|
100% |
|
Property, plant and equipment
Our headquarters are located at leasehold premises in London,
England. We own or lease approximately 650 properties in more
than 50 countries worldwide, the majority of which are located
in the United Kingdom and the United States.
All of the properties owned and leased by us are suitable for
their respective purposes and are in good operating condition.
These properties consist mainly of offices, distribution centers
and computer centers.
The vast majority of our printing is carried out by third party
suppliers. We operate two small digital print operations as part
of our Pearson Assessment and Testing businesses. These
operations provide short-run and print-on-demand products,
typically custom client applications.
We own the following principal properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property |
|
Location |
|
Area in square feet | |
|
|
|
|
| |
Warehouse
|
|
Pittstown, Pennsylvania, USA |
|
|
510,000 |
|
Warehouse
|
|
Kirkwood, New York, USA |
|
|
409,000 |
|
Offices
|
|
Iowa City, Iowa, USA |
|
|
310,000 |
|
Offices
|
|
Old Tappan, New Jersey, USA |
|
|
210,112 |
|
Warehouse/ Offices
|
|
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, USA |
|
|
205,000 |
|
Warehouse/ Offices
|
|
Reading, Massachusetts, USA |
|
|
177,822 |
|
Offices
|
|
London, UK |
|
|
155,000 |
|
Printing/ Processing
|
|
Owatonna, Minnesota, USA |
|
|
128,000 |
|
Printing/ Processing
|
|
Columbia, Pennsylvania, USA |
|
|
121,370 |
|
Offices
|
|
Eagan, Minnesota, USA |
|
|
109,500 |
|
Offices
|
|
Mesa, Arizona, USA |
|
|
96,000 |
|
20
We lease the following principal properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property |
|
Location |
|
Area in square feet | |
|
|
|
|
| |
Warehouses/Offices
|
|
Lebanon, Indiana, USA |
|
|
1,091,435 |
|
Offices
|
|
Cranbury, New Jersey, USA |
|
|
886,747 |
|
Warehouse/Offices
|
|
Indianapolis, Indiana, USA |
|
|
737,850 |
|
Warehouse/Offices
|
|
Newmarket, Ontario, Canada |
|
|
518,128 |
|
Offices
|
|
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, USA |
|
|
474,801 |
|
Warehouse/Offices
|
|
Rugby, UK |
|
|
446,077 |
|
Offices
|
|
Hudson St., New York, USA |
|
|
431,278 |
|
Offices
|
|
London, UK |
|
|
282,917 |
|
Warehouse/Offices
|
|
Austin, Texas, USA |
|
|
226,076 |
|
Offices
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA |
|
|
225,299 |
|
Warehouse
|
|
Scoresby, Victoria, Australia |
|
|
215,820 |
|
Offices
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA |
|
|
191,360 |
|
Offices
|
|
Glenview, Illinois, USA |
|
|
187,500 |
|
Offices
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota, USA |
|
|
153,240 |
|
Offices
|
|
Parsippany, New Jersey, USA |
|
|
143,777 |
|
Offices
|
|
Harlow, UK |
|
|
137,900 |
|
Offices
|
|
Chester, Virginia, USA |
|
|
123,200 |
|
Warehouse/Offices
|
|
Quarry Bay, Hong Kong |
|
|
121,748 |
|
Warehouse
|
|
San Antonio Zomeyucan, Mexico |
|
|
113,638 |
|
Offices
|
|
London, UK |
|
|
112,000 |
|
Offices
|
|
New York, New York, USA |
|
|
107,939 |
|
Offices
|
|
Lawrence Kansas, Kansas, USA |
|
|
105,000 |
|
Capital Expenditures
See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Liquidity and Capital Resources for
description of the Companys capital expenditures.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF
COMMENTS
There are no unresolved staff comments.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND
FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion and analysis is based on and should be
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report. The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain significant
respects from US GAAP. Note 36 to our consolidated
financial statements, included in Item 17. Financial
Statements, provides a description of the significant
differences between IFRS and US GAAP as they relate to our
business and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP.
General overview
Sales from continuing operations increased from £3,808m in
2005 to £4,137m in 2006, an increase of 9%. The increase
reflected growth across all the businesses together with
additional contributions from acquisitions made in both 2005 and
2006. The year on year growth was impacted by exchange rates, in
particular the US dollar. The average US dollar exchange rate
weakened in 2006, which had the effect of reducing reported sales
21
in 2006 by £44m when compared to the equivalent figure at
constant 2005 rates. Reported operating profit increased by 5%
from £516m in 2005 to £540m in 2006. All parts of the
Group contributed to the operating profit increase through good
sales growth and improved margins which more than offset an
increased charge for intangible amortization. Included within
operating profit in 2005 was the profit on the sale of
MarketWatch of £40m. There were no equivalent disposals in
2006. Reported operating profit in 2006 was £7m lower than
the equivalent figure reported at constant 2005 exchange rates.
Profit before taxation in 2006 of £466m compares to a
profit before taxation of £446m in 2005. The increase of
£20m reflects the improved operating performance offset by
a small increase in net finance costs. Net finance costs
increased from £70m in 2005 to £74m in 2006. The
Groups net interest payable increased by £17m in 2006
due to the strong rise in US dollar floating interest rates and
an increase in the Groups average net debt largely
reflecting the cost of acquisitions made in 2006. Partially
offsetting this effect was finance income relating to post
retirement plans of £4m in 2006 compared to a cost of
£7m in 2005. The adoption of IAS 39 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement in our
financial statements as at January 1, 2005 has the
potential to introduce increased volatility into the net finance
cost although the effect in 2006 was not significantly different
from that in 2005. IAS 39 related items and foreign exchange
gains and losses together reduced net finance costs by £16m
in 2006 compared to a reduction of £14m in 2005.
In December 2006 the Group announced the sale of its Government
contracting business, Pearson Government Solutions. The sale was
completed in February 2007 and the results of this business have
been shown in discontinued operations in the consolidated income
statement for 2006, 2005 and 2004. In 2005 the Group sold its
79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Comunicacion S.A. The results
of Recoletos have been consolidated for the period to
February 28, 2005 and have been shown as discontinued
operations in the consolidated income statement for 2005 and
2004.
Net cash generated from operating activities decreased to
£456m in 2006 from £487m in 2005. Cash generation in
2006 would have shown an improvement on 2005 but for the
relative weakness of the US dollar which reduced the value of
our cash flows in sterling. On an average basis, the use of
working capital continued to improve. Capital expenditure in
2006 was in line with 2005 levels at constant exchange rates.
The net cash outflow in respect of businesses acquired increased
from £246m in 2005 to £363m in 2006. There were no
significant disposals in 2006 to match the proceeds received
from the sale of Recoletos and Marketwatch in 2005 resulting in
a decrease in cash proceeds from disposals of £420m.
Dividends from joint ventures and associates increased by
£31m largely due to special dividends received from the
Economist. Dividends paid of £235m in 2006 (including
£15m paid to minority interests) compares to £222m in
2005. After a favorable currency movement of £126m, overall
net borrowings increased by 6% from £996m at the end of
2005 to £1,059m at the end of 2006.
Pearson reported record results in 2006 and our strong trading
has continued in the early part of 2007. We have made a good
start in the major school textbook adoptions; continued to roll
out our groundbreaking online learning and assessment platforms
in Higher Education; published a string of bestsellers in
Penguin; and achieved steady growth in both advertising and
circulation at FT Publishing.
We are trading in line with expectations for 2007 and expect to
achieve good underlying earnings growth, cash conversion ahead
of our 80% threshold, and a further increase in return on
invested capital. As always, our sales and profits will be
concentrated in the second half of the year.
Our expectations for the full year remain:
School to achieve underlying sales growth in the
4-6% range with margins
improving; Higher Education sales to grow in the
3-5% range with stable
margins; Professional revenues to be broadly level with margins
improving;
22
Financial Times Group profit to grow strongly with our cost
measures, integration actions and revenue diversification
pushing margins into double digits at FT Publishing. IDC
revenues to grow in the
6-9% range with net
income growth in the high single-digits to low double-digits
(headline growth under US GAAP);
Penguin margins to improve further, as its publishing investment
and efficiency programs continue to bear fruit.
|
|
|
Sales information by operating division |
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by operating division:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Education:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
School
|
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
1,295 |
|
|
|
1,087 |
|
|
Higher Education
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
290 |
|
FT Group:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
IDC
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
Penguin
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales information by geographic market supplied |
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
European countries
|
|
|
1,089 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
North America
|
|
|
2,642 |
|
|
|
2,451 |
|
|
|
2,309 |
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange rate fluctuations |
We earn a significant proportion of our sales and profits in
overseas currencies, principally the US dollar. Sales and
profits are translated into sterling in the consolidated
financial statements using average rates. The average rate used
for the US dollar was $1.84 in 2006, $1.81 in 2005, and $1.83 in
2004. Fluctuations in exchange rates can have a significant
impact on our reported sales and profits. Pearson generates
approximately 65% of its sales in the US. We estimate that a
five cent change in the closing exchange rate between the US
dollar and sterling in any year could affect our reported
earnings per share by 1p and shareholders funds by
approximately £85m. See Item 11. Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for more
information. The
year-end US dollar rate
for 2006 was £1:$1.96 compared to £1:$1.72 for 2005.
The weakening in the US dollar reduced our shareholders
funds by £417m (see note 27 of Item 17.
Financial
23
Statements) in 2006. The
year-end rate for 2005
was £1:$1.72 compared to £1:$1.92 for 2004 resulting
in an increase in shareholders funds of £327m in 2005.
|
|
|
Critical accounting policies |
Our consolidated financial statements, included in
Item 17. Financial Statements, are prepared
based on the accounting policies described in note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements
are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain
significant respects from US GAAP.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with IFRS, and the reconciliation of these financial
statements to US GAAP as described in note 36, requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
carrying value of assets and liabilities at the date of the
consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of
sales and expenses during the periods reported in these
financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require
the application of management judgment in selecting assumptions
when making significant estimates about matters that are
inherently uncertain. Management bases its estimates on
historical experience and other assumptions that it believes are
reasonable.
We believe that the following are the more critical accounting
policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial
statements that could have a significant impact on our future
consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash
flows. Actual results could differ from estimates.
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received
or receivable for the sale of goods and services net of
value-added tax and
other sales taxes, rebates and discounts, and after eliminating
sales within the Group. Revenue is recognized as follows:
Revenue from the sale of books is recognized when title passes.
A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on
historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect
actual returns in future periods then revenues could be
understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognized when the
newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription
revenue is recognized on a
straight-line basis
over the life of the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more elements
that can be provided to customers either on a
stand-alone basis or as
an optional extra and fair value exists for each separate
element, such as the provision of supplementary materials with
textbooks, revenue in such multiple element arrangements is
recognized when each product has been delivered and all other
relevant revenue recognition criteria are achieved.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as
contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions
and government departments, is recognized as performance occurs.
The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent in
long-term contract
accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue and
related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements, either
as a result of a single service spanning more than one reporting
period or where the contract requires the provision of a number
of services that together constitute a single project, are
treated as long-term
contracts with revenues recognized on a percentage of completion
basis. Losses on contracts are recognized in the period in which
the loss first becomes foreseeable. Contract losses are
determined to be the amount by which estimated direct and
indirect costs of the contract exceed the estimated total
revenues that will be generated by the contract.
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only
commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are
recognized as revenue. Any third party costs incurred on behalf
of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual
arrangement are not included in revenue.
24
Pre-publication costs represent direct costs incurred in the
development of educational programs and titles prior to their
publication. These costs are recognized as current intangible
assets where the title will generate probable future economic
benefits within their normal operating cycle and costs can be
measured reliably.
Pre-publication assets
are amortized upon publication of the title over estimated
economic lives of five years or less, being the estimated
expected operating life cycle of the title, usually with a
higher proportion of the amortization taken in the earlier
years. The investment in
pre-publication has
been disclosed as part of the cash generated from operating
activities in the cash flow statement. The assessment of the
recoverability of
pre-publication assets
and the determination of the amortization profile involve a
significant degree of judgment based on historical trends and
management estimation of their future potential sales. An
incorrect amortization profile could result in excess amounts
being carried forward as intangible assets that would otherwise
have been written off to the income statement in an earlier
period. Reviews are performed regularly to estimate
recoverability of
pre-publication costs.
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and
other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision
required to bring the amount down to its net realizable value.
The realizable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of
management judgment in determining the profitability of
individual author contracts. If the estimated realizable value
of author contracts is overstated then this will have an adverse
effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be
written off. The recoverability of royalty advances is based
upon an annual detailed management review of the age of the
advance, the future sales projections for new authors and prior
sales history of repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed
at the contracted or effective royalty rate as the related
revenues are earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed
within one year are held in current assets. Royalty advances
which will be consumed after one year are held in
non-current assets.
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension obligations |
The liability in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the
present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance
sheet date minus the fair value of plan assets. The defined
benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent
actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present
value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by
discounting estimated future cash flows using yields on high
quality corporate bonds which have terms to maturity
approximating the terms of the related liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit
obligation of the Groups defined benefit pension schemes
depends on the selection of certain assumptions (see
note 24 in Item 17 Financial
Statements) which include the discount rate, inflation
rate, salary growth, longevity and expected return on scheme
assets. Differences arising from actual experience or future
changes in assumptions will be reflected in subsequent periods
(actuarial gains and losses).
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between
actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience
adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions
are recognized immediately in the statement of recognized income
and expense.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year,
is included as an operating cost and the unwinding of the
discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the expected return
on scheme assets as a financing charge or financing income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension
plans are recognized as an expense in the income statement as
incurred.
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method on
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated
financial statements. Deferred
25
income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and
are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is
realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profits will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilized.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries, other than where it is intended that
those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the
foreseeable future.
Deferred tax is recognized in the income statement, except when
the tax relates to items charged or credited directly to equity,
in which case the tax is also recognized in equity.
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions.
Significant judgment is required in determining the estimates in
relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are
many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax
determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of
business. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax
audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will
be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such
differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgment
in determining the amounts to be recognized. In particular,
significant judgment is used when assessing the extent to which
deferred tax assets should be recognized with consideration
given to the timing and level of future taxable income together
with any future tax planning strategies.
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition
over the fair value of the Groups share of the net
identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary or associate at
the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of
subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on
acquisitions of associates is included in investments in
associates. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The
recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been
determined based on value in use calculations. These
calculations require the use of estimates. Goodwill is allocated
to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.
The allocation is made to those cash generating units that are
expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity
include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity
sold.
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS,
which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP.
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company and equity
shareholders funds under IFRS and US GAAP were as follows
for the respective period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
US GAAP
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
Equity shareholders funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS
|
|
|
3,476 |
|
|
|
3,564 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
US GAAP
|
|
|
3,581 |
|
|
|
3,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
The main differences between IFRS and US GAAP relate to goodwill
and intangible assets, acquisition and disposal adjustments,
derivatives, pensions, stock based compensation and taxation.
These differences are
26
discussed in further detail under Accounting
Principles and in note 36 to the consolidated
financial statements.
Results of operations
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
Consolidated results of operations |
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by
£329m, or 9%, to £4,137m in 2006, from £3,808m in
2005. The increase reflected growth across all the businesses
together with additional contributions from acquisitions made in
both 2005 and 2006. The year on year growth was impacted by
movements in exchange rates, particularly in the US dollar. We
estimate that had the 2005 average rates prevailed in 2006,
sales would have been approximately £4,181m.
Pearson Education had another strong year with an increase in
sales of 9%. The School business was the biggest contributor to
this growth with an increase of 12%. Some of the School increase
was due to the contribution from acquisitions made in 2006 and
2005 but we estimate that after excluding these acquisitions and
restating at constant exchange rates that the growth would have
been 6%. US School publishing sales were up 3% compared to an
industry decline of 6% (source: Association of American
Publishers) and the business took a leading share of the new US
adoption market. School testing sales continued to improve even
after growth in US school testing revenues of more than 20% in
2005. Higher Education growth was more modest at 2% in total but
was up 4% in the US. Pearsons US Higher Education business
has grown faster than the industry for eight straight years. In
the Professional business, sales increased 13%, with testing
sales ahead by more than 30% in 2006 following the successful
start up of new contracts and a contribution from the newly
acquired Promissor business. Professional publishing sales
declined again in 2006 due to the continued
industry-wide weakness
in technology-related
publishing.
The FT Group sales were 11% ahead of last year. FT Publishing
sales were up by 10% driven by higher advertising revenues at
the Financial Times particularly in the online, luxury
goods and corporate finance categories. IDC sales were up by 12%
with consistent organic growth and aided by contributions from
the acquisition of IS.Teledata
(re-branded Interactive
Data Managed Solutions) and Quote.com.
Penguins sales grew by 5% with a record number of best
sellers in the US and UK, an increase in market share in the UK
and continued success with the premium paperback format in the
US.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
63% of our continuing business sales in 2006, compared to 62% in
2005. North America continued to be the most significant source
of our sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales
contributed 64% in both 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold and operating expenses |
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended | |
|
|
December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,917 |
|
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
|
1,559 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of costs for
raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding costs,
amortization of
pre-publication costs
and royalty charges. Our cost of sales increased by £130m,
or 7%, to £1,917m in 2006, from £1,787m in 2005. The
increase mainly reflected the increase in sales over the period
although the overall gross margin also increased slightly from
53% in 2005 to 54% in 2006.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist primarily
of shipping costs, postage and packing and are typically a
fairly constant percentage of sales.
Administration and other expenses. Our administration and
other expenses increased by £153m, or 11%, to £1,504m
in 2006, from £1,351m in 2005. As a percentage of sales
they increased to 36% in 2006, from 35% in 2005. The increase in
administration and other costs comes principally from additional
employee benefit expense, additional property costs and
increased intangible amortization.
Other operating income. Other operating income mainly
consists of freight recharges,
sub-rights and
licensing income and distribution commissions. Other operating
income increased 18% to £99m in 2006 from £84m in
2005, with the increase mainly due to profits made on the
disposal of a building. See Item 17. Financial
Statements note 36 (ix) for the treatment under
US GAAP.
|
|
|
Other net gains and losses |
Profits or losses on the sale of businesses, associates and
investments that are included in our continuing operations are
reported as other net gains and losses. In 2005 the
only item in this category was the £40m profit on the sale
of our associate interest in MarketWatch. In 2006, there were no
similar gains or losses.
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates |
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
increased from £14m in 2005 to £24m in 2006. The
increase was mainly due to an increase in circulation and
revenue at The Economist Group, who also recorded a gain on sale
of its investment in Commonwealth Business Media Inc. There was
also further reduction in losses at FT Deutschland.
The total operating profit increased by £24m, or 5%, to
£540m in 2006 from £516m in 2005. This increase was
due to increases across all the businesses, after taking account
of the one-off gain
from the sale of MarketWatch at FT Publishing of £40m in
2005 and a charge of £7m in 2006 at Penguin relating to an
adjustment to goodwill following recognition of
pre-acquisition tax
losses. We estimate that had the 2005 average rates prevailed in
2006, operating profit would have been £7m higher.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£42m, or 13%, to £365m in 2006, from £323m in
2005. The increase was due to continued improvement in School
margins, the profit impact of strong sales and cost reductions
in technology publishing in Professional testing. Operating
profit attributable to the FT Group decreased by £16m, or
12%, to £117m in 2006, from £133m in 2005. This
decrease was attributable to the absence in 2006 of the
£40m profit from the sale of MarketWatch that was recorded
in 2005. After excluding this item profits increased by
£24m, £7m at IDC and £17m at FT Publishing. The
FT Publishing increase reflected the
pick-up in advertising
revenues. Operating profit attributable to the Penguin Group
decreased by £2m, or 3%, to £58m in 2006, from
£60m in 2005. The decrease was attributable to an
adjustment to goodwill of £7m caused by the recognition of
previously unrecognized tax losses relating to the acquisition
of Dorling Kindersley in 2000.
Net finance costs increased from £70m in 2005 to £74m
in 2006. Net interest payable in 2006 was £94m, up from
£77m in 2005. Although we were partly protected by our
fixed rate policy, the strong rise in average US dollar floating
interest rates had an adverse effect. Year on year, average
three month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups borrowings in
US dollars, euros and sterling at the year end) rose by 1.5% to
4.9%. Combining the rate rise with an increase in the
Groups average net debt of £40m, the Groups
average net interest rate
28
payable rose by 1.1% to 7.0%. In 2006 the net finance income
relating to
post-retirement plans
was an income of £4m compared to a cost of £7m in the
previous year. Other net finance income relating to foreign
exchange and short-term
fluctuations in the market value of financial instruments
remained fairly constant year on year with a £16m gain in
2006 compared to a £14m gain in 2005. For a more detailed
discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses see
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Resources and Borrowings
below and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk.
The total tax charge in 2006 of £11m represents just over
2% of pre-tax profits
compared to a charge of £116m or 26% of
pre-tax profits in
2005. The low tax rate in 2006 was mainly accounted for by two
factors. First, in the light of the announcement of the disposal
of Government Solutions, we were able to recognize a deferred
tax asset in relation to capital losses in the US where
previously we were not confident that the benefit of the losses
would be realized prior to their expiry. Second, in light of our
trading performance in 2006 and our strategic plans, together
with the expected utilization of US net operating losses in the
Government Solutions sale, we have
re-evaluated the likely
utilization of operating losses both in the US and the UK; this
has enabled us to increase the amount of the deferred tax asset
carried forward in respect of such losses. The combined effect
of these two factors was to create a
non-recurring credit of
£127m.
Following the disposal of our 79% holding in Recoletos and the
purchase of the remaining 25% minority stake in Edexcel in 2005,
our minority interests now comprise mainly the minority share in
IDC. In January 2006 we increased our stake in IDC reducing the
minority interest from 39% to 38%.
In December 2006 the Group announced the sale of its Government
contracting business, Pearson Government Solutions. The sale was
completed in February 2007 and the results of this business have
been shown in discontinued operations in the consolidated income
statement in both 2006 and 2005. Operating profit for Government
solutions in 2006 was £22m compared to £20m in 2005.
Following the disposal of Recoletos in 2005 its results were
consolidated for the period up to February 28, 2005 and
included in discontinued operations in 2005. The results for
2005 include an operating loss for the two months to
February 28, 2005 of £3m. The
pre-tax profit on
disposal of Recoletos reported in 2005 was £306m.
The total profit for the year in 2006 was £469m compared to
a profit in 2005 of £644m. The overall decrease of
£175m was to the absence of the profits on disposal of
Recoletos and MarketWatch reported in 2005. After taking account
of these disposals there was an increase in profit in 2006 due
to improvement in operating profits and the sharp reduction in
tax due to the recognition of losses in 2006.
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary share |
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average
number of shares in issue, was 55.9p in 2006 compared to 78.2p
in 2005 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
798.4m in 2006 and 797.9m in 2005. The decrease in earnings per
share was due to the additional profit for 2005 described above
and was not significantly affected by the movement in the
weighted average number of shares.
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 55.8p in 2006 and
78.1p in 2005 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
29
|
|
|
Exchange rate fluctuations |
The weakening of the US dollar against sterling on an average
basis had a negative impact on reported sales and profits in
2006 compared to 2005. We estimate that if 2005 average rates
had prevailed in 2006, sales would have been higher by £44m
and operating profit would have been higher by £7m. See
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk for a discussion regarding our
management of exchange rate risks.
|
|
|
Sales and operating profit by division |
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP measure
and is included as it is a key financial measure used by
management to evaluate performance and allocate resources to
business segments, as reported under FAS 131. See also
note 2 of Item 17. Financial Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
and adjustment of acquired intangibles, other gains and losses
and other net finance costs of associates. The amortization and
adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or
subsequent impairment of intangible assets acquired through
business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully
reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. Other
gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of
subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and investments that
are included within continuing operations but which distort the
performance for the year.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
£m |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Sales
|
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
|
36% |
|
|
|
19% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
20% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
30% |
|
|
|
7% |
|
|
|
6% |
|
|
|
15% |
|
|
|
11% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
Other net gains and losses including associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit:
continuing operations
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
Adjusted operating profit:
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
27% |
|
|
|
10% |
|
|
|
6% |
|
|
|
15% |
|
|
|
11% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
£m |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Sales
|
|
|
1,295 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
|
34% |
|
|
|
20% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
21% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
|
28% |
|
|
|
30% |
|
|
|
5% |
|
|
|
11% |
|
|
|
14% |
|
|
|
12% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Other net gains and losses including associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit:
continuing operations
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
Adjusted operating profit:
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29% |
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
3% |
|
|
|
16% |
|
|
|
12% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
School business sales increased by £160m, or 12%, to
£1,455m in 2006, from £1,295m in 2005 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £37m, or 25%, to £184m
in 2006 from £147m in 2005. In addition to strong
underlying growth in sales and profits, the School results in
2006 benefit from the inclusion of National Evaluation Systems
(NES), Paravia Bruno Mondadori (PBM), Chancery and PowerSchool
together with a number of smaller acquisitions all made in the
first half of 2006 and from a full year contribution from AGS
Publishing, acquired in July 2005. Offsetting these factors was
the effect of the weakening of the US dollar, which we estimate
reduced sales by £17m when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
In the US school market, Pearsons school publishing
business grew 3% against the Association of American
Publishers estimate of a decline in the industry of 6%.
New adoption market share was 33% in the adoptions where Pearson
competed (and 30% of the total new adoption market). The School
business now has the number one or number two market share in
reading, math, science and social studies. US School testing
sales were up in the high single digits even after growth in
excess of 20% in 2005. School testing benefited from further
contract wins, market share gains and leadership in onscreen
marking, online testing and embedded
(formative) assessment. The acquisition of NES providing
customized assessments for teacher certification in the US has
allowed us to expand in an attractive adjacent market. The
School technology business grew both through the acquisitions of
Chancery and PowerSchool and through organic growth in the
digital curriculum business which continued to grow while
investing in a new generation of digital products to meet the
demands of school districts for personalized classroom learning.
The international School business, outside the US, continued to
grow. The international testing business was again able to
benefit from technology leadership. In the UK, we have marked
over 9 million GCSE, AS and A-Level scripts on screen. In
School publishing, the launch in the UK of ActiveTeach
technology providing multimedia teaching resources has brought
increased market share in math and science. The acquisition of
PBM, one of Italys leading education publishers, has
allowed us to expand our existing Italian business and integrate
publishing, sales and marketing, distribution and back office
operations. Our market leading school companies in Hong Kong and
South Africa both outperformed their respective markets in 2006
and our worldwide English Language Training program for
elementary schools, English Adventure (with Disney), was
successfully launched in Asia and Latin America.
School margins improved again in 2006 and were up by 1.2% points
to 12.6% with continued efficiency gains in central costs,
production, distribution and software development.
31
Sales in Higher Education increased by £16m, or 2%, to
£795m in 2006, from £779m in 2005. Adjusted operating
profit increased by £5m, or 3%, to £161m in 2006 from
£156m in 2005. Both sales and adjusted operating profit
were affected by the weakening of the US dollar which we
estimate reduced sales by £8m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
In the US, the Higher Education sales were up by 4% (in US
dollars) ahead of the Association of American Publishers
estimate of industry growth once again. Over the past eight
years, Pearsons US Higher Education business has grown at
an average annual rate of 7% compared to the industrys
average growth rate of 4%. In the US there was rapid growth in
the online learning businesses with approximately
4.5 million US college students using one of our online
programs. Of these approximately 2.3 million register for
an online course on one of our MyLab online homework
and assessment programs, an increase of almost 30% on 2005. In
psychology and economics, two of the three largest markets in US
higher education, Pearson published successful first edition
bestsellers: Cicarrellis Psychology together with
MyPsychLab and Hubbards Economics together with
MyEconLab. Cicarrellis Psychology increased
Pearsons market share in the subject by 3% to 25% and is
the bestselling launch of a first edition in the discipline in
the past decade. Also in the US the custom publishing business,
which builds customized textbooks and online services around the
courses of individual faculties or professors, continued its
strong progress with another year of double-digit growth.
International Higher Education publishing sales grew by 3%,
benefiting from good growth in local language publishing
programs and an increasing focus on custom publishing and
technology based assessment services with the MyLab suite of
products.
Higher Education margins remained constant year on year with
only a small increase of 0.3% points to 20.3% in 2006.
After excluding sales and adjusted operating profit from
Government Solutions which were reported as discontinued in
2006, Professional sales increased by £40m, or 13%, to
£341m in 2006 from £301m in 2005. Adjusted operating
profit increased by £13m, or 52%, to £38m in 2006,
from £25m in 2005. Sales were only slightly affected by the
weakening US dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £2m
when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2005
exchange rates.
Professional testing sales were up more than 30% in 2006
benefiting in particular from the acquisition of Promissor and
the successful start-up of the Graduate Management Admissions
Test with 220,000 examinations delivered in 400 test centers in
96 countries during the first year of the new contract.
Professional Testing has moved into profitability in 2006
compared to a break-even position in 2005. Technology publishing
profits were up in 2006 as cost actions offset sales weakness in
a market that continues to decline. There was a strong
performance in other professional publishing with particular
successes in the Wharton School Publishing and FT Press imprints.
Overall margins in the Professional business were significantly
higher at 11.1% in 2006 compared to 8.3% in 2005 as the testing
business moved into profitability and the technology publishing
business took specific cost actions.
Sales at FT Publishing increased by £34m or 10%, from
£332m in 2005 to £366m in 2006. Adjusted operating
profit increased by £11m, from £21m in 2005 to
£32m in 2006. Much of the sales and profit increase was
again at the FT newspaper and FT.com where sales were up 8% and
profit increased by £9m to £11m.
The FT newspaper advertising revenues were up 9% for the year
with rapid growth in online, luxury goods and corporate finance
categories, all up more than 30% on 2005. FT worldwide
circulation was up 1% to 430,469 copies per day (Source: ABC,
average for six months to December 2006). FT.coms paying
subscribers were up 7% to 90,000 while the December audience was
up 29% to 4.2 million. The FT continued
32
to benefit from international expansion with approximately
three-quarters of the FTs advertising booked in two or
more international editions and almost half booked for all four
editions worldwide. The FTs new newsroom has
created an integrated multi-media newsroom that improves
commissioning, reporting, editing and production efficiency and
provided further cost savings in 2006.
In September 2006, the FT Publishing business acquired
Mergermarket, an online financial data and intelligence provider
that contributed additional sales and profit in the last three
months of 2006. FT Business showed good growth and improved
margins driven by strong performances in events, UK retail
financial titles (Investment Adviser and Financial
Adviser) and internationally with The Banker. Les Echos
achieved modest circulation and advertising growth in a weak
market ahead of the French presidential elections in 2007.
FT Deutschland outperformed the German newspaper
market once again increasing circulation by 2% and reducing
losses. The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake,
increased its contribution to FT Publishings adjusted
operating profit with another good year that saw circulation
increase by 9% to 1.2 million (for the July-December ABC
period).
Overall margins at FT Publishing continued to increase as the
newspaper becomes more profitable and are now 8.7% compared to
6.3% in 2005.
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 12% from £297m in 2005
to £332m in 2006. Adjusted operating profit grew by 11%
from £80m in 2005 to £89m in 2006. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US
dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £4m and adjusted
operating profit by £1m when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data (formerly FT
Interactive Data), IDCs largest business (approximately
two-thirds of IDC revenues) generated strong growth in North
America and Europe. Growth was driven by sustained demand for
fixed income evaluated pricing services and related reference
data. Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data continued to
expand its market coverage, adding independent valuations of
credit default swaps and other derivative securities. There was
improved momentum at Interactive Data Real-Time Services
(formerly Comstock) with new sales to institutional clients and
lower cancellation rates and also at eSignal with continued
growth in its base of direct subscription terminals. The
acquisition of Quote.com in March 2006 has expanded
eSignals suite of real-time market data platforms and
analytics and added two financial websites which enabled eSignal
to generate strong growth through online advertising in 2006.
IS.Teledata, acquired at the end of 2005 and rebranded
Interactive Data Managed Solutions, contributed a full year of
sales and profit for the first time in 2006.
IDC margins remained roughly constant year on year at 26.8% in
2006 compared to 26.9% in 2005.
Penguin Group sales were up 5% to £848m in 2006 from
£804m in 2005 and adjusted operating profit up 10% to
£66m in 2006 from £60m in 2005. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US
dollar which we estimate reduced sales by £13m and adjusted
operating profit by £7m when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2005 exchange rates.
2006 was a record year for Penguin in terms of literary success
and bestseller performance. In the US, Penguin placed 139 books
on the New York Times bestseller list, 10 more than
in 2005, and kept them there for 809 weeks overall, up
119 weeks from 2005. Penguin UK placed 59 titles in the
BookScan Top Ten bestseller list, up by 5 from 2005, and kept
them there for 361 weeks, up 42 weeks from 2005.
Penguin authors won a large number of prestigious awards during
2006: a Pulitzer Prize for Fiction (March by Geraldine
Brooks); a National Book Critics Circle Award (THEM: A Memoir
of Parents by Francine du Plessix Gray); the Michael L.
Printz award (Looking for Alaska by John Green); the
Orange Prize for Fiction (On Beauty by Zadie Smith); and
the Man Booker Prize (The Inheritance of Loss by Kiran
Desai).
33
Penguin UKs focus on fiction in 2006 was rewarded with a
substantial increase in market share, led by Marina
Lewyckas A Short History of Tractors in Ukrainian.
In the US, the premium paperback format accelerated revenue
growth and increased profitability in the important mass-market
category. In India, Penguin continued its rapid growth and
extended its market leadership and there was also strong growth
and increased market share for Penguin in South Africa. 2006
also saw strong growth in online revenues and unique visitors to
the Penguin and DK websites.
Penguin continued to focus on efficiency and improvement in
operating margins and has benefited from the Pearson-wide
renegotiation of major global paper, print and binding
contracts, the integration of warehouse and back office
operations in Australia and New Zealand and is investing in
India as a pre-production and design center for reference titles.
Results of operations
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended
December 31, 2004 |
|
|
|
Consolidated results of operations |
Our total sales increased by £329m, or 9%, to £3,808m
in 2005, from £3,479m in 2004. Sales growth was due to
strong performance in our markets, helped in part by a favorable
exchange rate impact. We estimate that had the 2004 average
rates prevailed in 2005, sales would have been approximately
£3,765m.
Pearson Education had a strong year with an increase in sales of
13%. The School businesses were the biggest contributors to this
growth with an increase of 19%. Higher Education growth was 7%
in total and 6% in the US. Pearsons US Higher Education
business has grown faster than the industry for seven straight
years. The School publishing business benefited from a large
share of the new adoption market in the US and testing sales
were up more than 20% as the business made significant market
share gains and benefited from mandatory state testing in the US
under No Child Left Behind. In the Professional business sales
increased 4%, with testing sales ahead of last year following
the successful start-up of major new contracts. Worldwide sales
of technology-related books were again lower than the previous
year although weakness in the professional markets was partly
offset by growth in consumer technology publishing.
The FT Group sales were 7% in 2005 ahead of 2004. FT Publishing
sales were up by 4% driven by higher advertising revenues at the
Financial Times and IDC sales were up by 10% with organic
growth at all its businesses aided by a full year contribution
from FutureSource, acquired in September 2004, and the strength
of the US dollar. Penguins sales grew by 2% with
successful format innovation helping to offset the weakness in
the mass-market category in the US, down a further 4% for the
industry in 2005.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
62% of our sales in 2005, compared to 61% in 2004. North America
continued to be the most significant source of our sales
although sales there decreased, as a proportion of total sales,
to 64% in 2005, compared to 66% in 2004.
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold and net operating expenses |
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended | |
|
|
December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
|
1,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
226 |
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,559 |
|
|
|
1,483 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of costs for
raw materials, primarily paper, printing costs, amortization of
pre-publication costs and royalty charges. Our cost of sales
increased by £156m, or 10%, to £1,787m in 2005, from
£1,631m in 2004. The increase mainly reflected the increase
in sales over the period so the overall gross margin stayed
constant at 53%.
Distribution Costs. Distribution costs consist primarily
of shipping costs, postage and packing and are typically a
fairly constant percentage of sales.
Administration and other expenses. Our administration and
other expenses increased by £11m, or 1%, to £1,351m in
2005, from £1,340m in 2004, although as a percentage of
sales they decreased to 35% in 2005, from 39% in 2004. The
increase in administration and other costs comes principally
from additional employee benefit expense, but cost savings and
more modest increases in other administration expenses have
enabled overall operating margins to improve.
Other operating income. Other operating income mainly
consists of freight recharges, sub-rights and licensing income
and distribution commissions.
|
|
|
Other net gains and losses |
Profits or losses on the sale of businesses, associates and
investments that are included in our continuing operations are
reported as other net gains and losses. In 2005 the
only item in this category was the £40m profit on the sale
of our associate interest in MarketWatch. In 2004, other gains
and losses amounted to £9m, with the principal items being
profits on the sale of stakes in Capella and Business.com.
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates |
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
increased from £8m in 2004 to £14m in 2005. The
increase was due to profit improvement at The Economist Group
and a reduction in losses at FT Deutschland.
The total operating profit increased by £134m, or 35%, to
£516m in 2005 from £382m in 2004. This £134m or
35% increase was due to increases across all the businesses, the
one-off gain from the sale of MarketWatch of £40m and a
beneficial impact of exchange. We estimate that had the 2004
average rates prevailed in 2005, operating profit would have
been £12m lower.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£58m, or 22%, to £323m in 2005, from £265m in
2004. The increase was due to strong sales and improved margins
in both the School and Higher Education businesses. Operating
profit attributable to the FT Group increased by £63m, or
90%, to £133m in 2005, from £70m in 2004. £40m of
the increase was due to the profit from the sale of MarketWatch
but there were also increases at IDC of £13m and FT
Publishing of £10m. Operating profit attributable to the
Penguin Group increased by £13m, or 28%, to £60m in
2005, from £47m in 2004. The increase at Penguin was due in
part to increased efficiencies and improved margins and also due
to exchange gains and one-off items in 2004. Penguins
operating profit in 2004 was reduced by costs associated with
disruption in UK distribution following the move to a new
warehouse and closure costs associated with Penguin TV.
Net finance costs reduced from £79m in 2004 to £70m in
2005. Net interest payable in 2005 was £77m, up from
£74m in 2004. The Groups net interest rate payable
rose by 0.9% to 5.9%. Although we were partly protected by our
fixed rate policy, the strong rise in US dollar floating
interest rates had an adverse effect. Year on year, average
three month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups borrowings in
US dollars, euro and sterling) rose by 1.9% to 3.4%. This was
largely offset by the £260m fall in average net debt,
reflecting in particular the proceeds from the disposal of
Recoletos and good cash generation. In addition, in 2005 we did
not benefit from a one-off credit of £9m for interest on a
repayment of tax that occurred in 2004. As at January 1,
2005 we adopted IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement in our financial
statements. This has had the effect of introducing increased
volatility into the net finance cost and in 2005 the
35
adoption of IAS 39 reduced net finance costs by £14m. For a
more detailed discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses
see Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Resources and Borrowing below
and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk.
The total tax charge for the year was £116m, representing a
26% rate on pre-tax profits of £446m. This compares with a
2004 rate of 18% (or £55m on a pre-tax profit of
£303m). In 2004, the tax charge reflected credits of
£48m relating to previous years, a substantial element of
which was non-recurring; adjustments relating to previous years
in 2005 resulted in a credit of £18m. The 2005 rate
benefited from the fact that the profit of £40m on the sale
of Marketwatch.com was free of tax.
Following the disposal of our 79% holding in Recoletos in April
2005 and the purchase of the 25% minority stake in Edexcel in
February 2005, our minority interests now mainly comprise the
39% minority share in IDC.
Following the announcement of the disposal of Government
Solutions in December 2006, the results of the Pearson
Government Solution business have been reclassified as
discontinued in 2005 and 2004. The results for the year ended
December 31, 2005 included an operating profit of £20m
with a corresponding operating profit of £22m in 2004. The
results of Recoletos have been consolidated for the period up to
February 28, 2005 and included in discontinued operations
in 2005 and 2004. The results for 2005 include an operating loss
for the two months to February 28, 2005 of £3m
compared to an operating profit in the full year to
December 31, 2004 of £26m. The pre-tax profit on
disposal of Recoletos reported in 2005 was £306m.
The total profit for the year in 2005 was £644m compared to
a profit in 2004 of £284m. The overall increase of
£360m was mainly due to the profit on disposal of Recoletos
and MarketWatch together with significant improvement in
operating profits reported across all the Pearson businesses.
These increases were only partially offset by the increase in
the tax charge in 2005.
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary share |
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of
shares in issue, was 78.2p in 2005 compared to 32.9p in 2004
based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
797.9 million in 2005 and 795.6 million in 2004. This
increase in earnings per share was due to the additional profit
for the year described above and was not significantly affected
by the movement in the weighted average number of shares.
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 78.1p in 2005 and
32.9p in 2004 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
|
|
|
Exchange rate fluctuations |
The strengthening of the US dollar against sterling on an
average basis had a positive impact on reported sales and
profits in 2005 compared to 2004. We estimate that if the 2004
average rates had prevailed in 2005, sales would have been lower
by £43m and operating profit would have been lower by
£12m. See Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk for a discussion regarding
our management of exchange rate risks.
36
|
|
|
Sales and operating profit by division |
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP measure and is included as it is a key financial
measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate
resources to business segments, as reported under FAS 131.
See also note 2 of Item 17. Financial
Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
and adjustment of acquired intangibles, other gains and losses
and other net finance costs of associates. The amortization and
adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or
subsequent impairment of intangible assets acquired through
business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully
reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. Other
gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of
subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and investments that
are included within continuing operations but which distort the
performance for the year.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
£m |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Sales
|
|
|
1,295 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
|
34% |
|
|
|
20% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
21% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
|
28% |
|
|
|
30% |
|
|
|
5% |
|
|
|
11% |
|
|
|
14% |
|
|
|
12% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Other net gains and losses including associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continuing operations
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
Adjusted operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29% |
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
3% |
|
|
|
16% |
|
|
|
12% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
£m |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Sales
|
|
|
1,087 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
21% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
8% |
|
|
|
23% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
|
|
29% |
|
|
|
35% |
|
|
|
5% |
|
|
|
2% |
|
|
|
16% |
|
|
|
13% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Other net gains and losses including associates
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continuing operations
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
378 |
|
Adjusted operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25% |
|
|
|
30% |
|
|
|
9% |
|
|
|
7% |
|
|
|
16% |
|
|
|
13% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
School business sales increased by £208m, or 19%, to
£1,295m in 2005, from £1,087m in 2004 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £39m, or 36%, to £147m
in 2005 from £108m in 2004. The School results in 2005
benefit from the inclusion of AGS Publishing, acquired in July
2005 and the strengthening of the US dollar, which we estimate
added £12m to sales and £2m to adjusted operating
profit when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2004
exchange rates.
In the US school market, Pearsons school publishing
business grew 12% ahead of the Association of American
Publishers estimate of industry growth of 10.5%. New
adoption market share was 33% in the adoptions where Pearson
competed (and 24% of the total new adoption market). The School
business now has leading positions in math, science, literature
and foreign languages. School testing sales were up more than
20%, benefiting from significant market share gains and
mandatory state testing under No Child Left Behind. School
software also had a strong year with good sales and profit
growth on curriculum and school administration services.
Outside the US, the School publishing sales increased in high
single digits. The worldwide English Language Teaching business
benefited from strong demand for English language learning and
investments in new products, including English Adventure
(with Disney) for the primary school market, Sky for
secondary schools, Total English for adult learners and
Intelligent Business (with The Economist) for the
business markets. There was also strong growth in the
international school testing markets. Four million UK GCSE, AS
and A-Level scripts were marked onscreen and 2005 saw the first
year of running the UK National Curriculum tests and a new
contract for a national school testing pilot in Australia.
School margins were up by 1.5% points to 11.4% with efficiency
gains in central costs, production, distribution and software
development.
Sales in Higher Education increased by £50m, or 7%, to
£779m in 2005, from £729m in 2004. Adjusted operating
profit increased by £27m, or 21%, to £156m in 2005
from £129m in 2004. Both sales and adjusted operating
profit benefited from the strengthening US dollar which we
estimate added £14m to sales and £3m to adjusted
operating profit when compared to the equivalent figures at
constant 2004 exchange rates.
38
In the US, the Higher Education sales were up by 6% ahead of the
Association of American Publishers estimate of industry
growth of 5%. 2005 is the seventh consecutive year that
Pearsons US Higher Education business has grown faster
than the industry. The US business benefited from continued
growth from market-leading authors in key academic disciplines
including biology (Campbell & Reece), chemistry (Brown &
LeMay), sociology (Macionis), marketing (Kotler & Keller),
math (Tobey & Slater), developmental math (Martin-Gay) and
English composition (Faigleys Penguin Handbook).
There was also expansion in the career and workforce education
sector, with major publishing initiatives gaining market share
in allied health, criminal justice, paralegal, homeland security
and hospitality. The online learning and custom publishing
businesses saw rapid growth. Approximately 3.6 million US
college students are studying through one of our online
programs, an increase of 20% on 2004; and custom publishing,
which builds customized textbooks and online services around the
courses of individual faculties or professors, had double digit
sales growth.
International Higher Education publishing sales grew by 4%,
benefiting from the local adaptation of global authors,
including Campbell and Kotler, and the introduction of custom
publishing and online learning capabilities into new markets in
Asia and the Middle East.
Higher Education margins were up by 2.3% points to 20%. Good
margin improvement in the US and in international publishing was
helped by shared services and savings in central costs,
technology, production and manufacturing.
Professional sales (excluding discontinued businesses) increased
by £11m, or 4%, to £301m in 2005 from £290m in
2004. Adjusted operating profit increased by £7m, or 39%,
to £25m in 2005, from £18m in 2004. Sales benefited
from the strengthening US dollar, which we estimate added
£5m to sales when compared to the equivalent figures at
constant 2004 exchange rates.
Professional testing sales were up more than 40% in 2005
benefiting from the successful start-up of major new contracts
including the Driving Standards Agency, National Association of
Securities Dealers and the Graduate Management Admissions
Council.
Overall margins in the Professional business were a little lower
in 2005 compared to 2004 mainly due to new contract start-up
costs. Margins in the Professional publishing businesses were
maintained despite falling sales.
Sales at FT Publishing (excluding discontinued businesses)
increased by £14m or 4%, from £318m in 2004 to
£332m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit increased by
£17m, from £4m in 2004 to £21m in 2005. Much of
the sales and profit increase was at the FT newspaper; sales at
the other business newspapers were broadly level with 2004 with
a small increase in adjusted operating profit compared to 2004.
FT newspaper sales were up 6% while adjusted operating profit
increased £14m to register a profit of £2m in 2005
compared to a loss of £12m in 2004. FT advertising revenues
were up 9% for the year with sustained growth in luxury goods
and worldwide display advertising. FT.com advertising sales were
up 27% as some of the FTs biggest advertisers shifted to
integrated print and online advertising. The FTs worldwide
circulation was 2% lower for the year at 426,453 average copies
per day although the second half of the year showed improvement
to 430,635 average copies per day. FT.coms paying
subscribers increased by 12% to 84,000 and the average unique
monthly users was up 7% to 3.2m.
Les Echos advertising and circulation revenues for 2005 were
level with 2004 despite tough trading conditions. FT Business
improved margins with growth in its international finance
titles. Our share of the results of the FTs joint ventures
and associates improved as FT Deutschland reduced its
losses and increased its average circulation despite a weak
advertising market in Germany and The Economist increased
profits helped by an increase in circulation (10% to an average
weekly circulation of 1,038,519 for the January-June ABC period).
39
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 10% from £269m in 2004
to £297m in 2005. Adjusted operating profit grew by 19%
from £67m in 2004 to £80m in 2005. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit benefited from the strengthening US
dollar, which we estimate added £2m to sales and £1m
to adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2004 exchange rates.
FT Interactive Data, IDCs largest business (approximately
two-thirds of IDC revenues) generated strong growth in North
America and returned to growth in Europe. There was more modest
growth at Comstock, IDCs business providing real-time data
for global financial institutions, and at CMS BondEdge, its
fixed income analytics business. Renewal rates for IDCs
institutional businesses remain at around 95%. eSignal,
IDCs active trader services business, increased sales by
27% with continued growth in the subscriber base and a full year
contribution from FutureSource, acquired in September 2004.
The Penguin Group sales were up 2% to £804m in 2005 from
£786m in 2004 and adjusted operating profit up 15% to
£60m in 2005 from £52m in 2004. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit benefited from the strengthening US
dollar which we estimate added £9m to sales and £6m to
adjusted operating profit when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2004 exchange rates. 2005 adjusted operating
profit also benefited from reduced operating costs at our UK
distribution center.
In the US, successful format innovation helped to address
weakness in the mass-market category that saw a further decline
of 4% for the industry in 2005. The first seven Penguin Premium
paperbacks were published in 2005, priced at $9.99, and all
became bestsellers, with authors including Nora Roberts, Clive
Cussler and Catherine Coulter.
Penguin authors received a number of awards during the year: A
Pulitzer Prize (for Steve Colls Ghost Wars), a
National Book Award (William T. Vollmans Europe
Central), the Whitbread Book of the Year (Hilary
Spurlings Matisse the Master), the Whitbread Novel
of the Year (Ali Smiths The Accidental) and the FT
& Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award (Thomas
Friedmans The World is Flat). In 2005, there were
129 New York Times bestsellers and 54 top 10 bestsellers in the
UK. Major bestselling authors include Patricia Cornwell, John
Berendt, Sue Grafton, Jared Diamond, Jamie Oliver, Gillian
McKeith, Jeremy Clarkson and Gloria Hunniford.
In 2005, there was also a strong contribution from new imprints
and first-time authors. The new imprint strategy continued to
gather pace and Penguin published more than 150 new authors in
the US and approximately 250 worldwide its largest
ever investment in new talent. Sue Monk Kidds first novel,
The Secret Life of Bees, has been a New York Times
bestseller for almost two years; her second, The Mermaid
Chair, reached number one in 2005. The Kite Runner,
Khaled Hosseinis first book, stayed on the New York Times
bestseller list for all of 2005, selling an additional two
million copies (three million in total). In the UK, there was
also strong performance from new fiction authors including
Jilliane Hoffman, PJ Tracy, Karen Joy Fowler and Marina Lewycka.
Liquidity and capital resources
Net cash inflow from operating activities decreased by
£32m, or 5%, to £621m in 2006, from £653m in
2005. This reduction was entirely due to the weakening of the US
dollar compared to sterling. The majority of the Groups
cash flows arise in US dollars, so any weakening of the US
dollar reduces the Groups cash flows in sterling terms.
The closing rate for translation of dollar cash flows was $1.96
in 2006 ($1.72 in 2005). Underlying working capital efficiency
continued to improve. On an average basis, the working capital
to sales ratio for our book publishing businesses improved from
27.4% in 2005 to 26.3% in 2006. The net cash inflow from
operating activities in 2005 increased by £129m, or 25%, to
£653m from £524m in 2004, even though 2004 included
receipt of a $151m receivable in respect of the TSA contract.
Part of this increase was due to the strengthening of the US
dollar during that period. The closing rate for translation of
dollar cash flows was
40
$1.72 in 2005, compared to $1.92 in 2004. The improvement in
cash flow from operating activities also reflected more
efficient use of working capital. On an average basis, the
working capital to sales ratio for our book publishing
businesses improved from 29.4% in 2004 to 27.4% in 2005.
Net interest paid was £82m in 2006 compared to £72m in
2005 and £85m in 2004. The 14% increase in 2006 over 2005
reflected the higher average debt resulting from the
acquisitions made in the year and higher interest rates
(particularly in the US). The 15% reduction in 2005 over 2004
was primarily due to the reduced debt following receipt of the
proceeds from the sale of Recoletos and MarketWatch.
Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment was
£68m in 2005 compared to £76m in 2005 and £101m
in 2004. The reduction in 2006 compared to 2005 is due to the
movement in US dollar exchange rates. The higher expenditure in
2004 reflected up-front expenditure on Professional testing
contracts.
The acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
accounted for a cash outflow of £367m in 2006 against
£253m in 2005 and £51m in 2004. In 2006, the principal
acquisition was of Mergermarket for £109m. The balance
relates to various smaller bolt-on acquisitions (primarily in
the school segment) including those of National Evaluation
Systems and Paravia Bruno Mondadori. The principal acquisitions
in 2005 were of AGS for £161m within the School business
and IS. Teledata for £29m by Interactive Data. The
principal acquisitions in 2004 were of KAT and Dominie Press for
£10m within our education businesses and FutureSource by
Interactive Data for £9m. The sale of subsidiaries and
associates produced a cash inflow of £10m in 2006 against
£430m in 2005 and £31m in 2004. The disposal in 2006
relates entirely to the proceeds from the take-up of share
options issued to minority shareholders. The principal disposals
in 2005 were of Recoletos for net cash proceeds of £371m
and MarketWatch for net cash proceeds of £54m. The proceeds
in 2004 relate primarily to the sale of Argentaria Cartera by
Recoletos.
The cash outflow from financing of £348m in 2006 primarily
reflects the payment of the Group dividend (at a higher dividend
per share than 2005) and the repayment of a $250m bond at its
maturity date. The cash outflow from financing of £321m in
2005 reflects the improved Group dividend (compared to 2004) and
the repayment of bank borrowings following the sale of
Recoletos. The cash outflow from financing of £261m in 2004
reflects the payment of the Group dividend and the repayment of
one 550m bond
offset by the proceeds from the issue of new $350m and $400m
bonds. Bonds are issued as part of our overall financing program
to support general corporate expenditure.
Our borrowings fluctuate by season due to the effect of the
school year on the working capital requirements in the
educational materials business. Assuming no acquisitions or
disposals, our maximum level of net debt normally occurs in
July, and our minimum level of net debt normally occurs in
December. Based on a review of historical trends in working
capital requirements and of forecast monthly balance sheets for
the next 12 months, we believe that we have sufficient
funds available for the Groups present requirements, with
an appropriate level of headroom given our portfolio of
businesses and current plans. Our ability to expand and grow our
business in accordance with current plans and to meet long-term
capital requirements beyond this 12-month period will depend on
many factors, including the rate, if any, at which our cash flow
increases and the availability of public and private debt and
equity financing, including our ability to secure bank lines of
credit. We cannot be certain that additional financing, if
required, will be available on terms favorable to us, if at all.
At December 31, 2006, our net debt was £1,059m
compared to net debt of £996m at December 31, 2005.
Net debt is defined as all short-term, medium-term and long-term
borrowing (including finance leases), less all cash and liquid
resources. Liquid resources comprise short-term deposits of
90 days and investments that are readily realizable and
held on a short-term basis. Short-term, medium-term and
long-term borrowing amounted to £1,743m at
December 31, 2006, compared to £1,959m at
December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, cash and
liquid resources were £592m, compared to £902m at
December 31, 2005. Some of the cash at December 31,
2006 was being held to fund a
591m bond
repayment due on February 1, 2007.
41
The following table summarizes the maturity of our borrowings
and our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
One to | |
|
Two to | |
|
After five | |
|
|
Total | |
|
one year | |
|
two years | |
|
five years | |
|
years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Gross borrowings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable rate loan notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
1,566 |
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
596 |
|
Lease obligations
|
|
|
1,369 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
720 |
|
|
|
1,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006 the Group had capital commitments for
fixed assets, including finance leases already under contract,
of £nil (2005: £1m). There are contingent liabilities
in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees in relation
to former subsidiaries and in respect of guarantees in relation
to subsidiaries and associates. In addition there are contingent
liabilities in respect of legal claims. None of these claims or
guarantees is expected to result in a material gain or loss.
The Group is committed to a fee of 0.0675% per annum, payable
quarterly in arrears on the unused amount of the Groups
bank facility.
|
|
|
Off-Balance sheet arrangements |
The Group does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as
defined by the SEC Final Rule 67
(FR-67),
Disclosure in Managements Discussion and Analysis
about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual
Obligations, that have or are reasonably likely to have a
material current or future effect on the Groups financial
position or results of operations.
We have in place a $1.75bn revolving credit facility, which
matures in May 2011. At December 31, 2006, approximately
$1.75bn was available under this facility. This included
allocations to refinance short-term borrowings not directly
drawn under the facility. The credit facility contains two key
covenants measured for each 12 month period ending June 30
and December 31:
We must maintain the ratio of our profit before interest and tax
to our net interest payable at no less than 3:1; and
We must maintain the ratio of our net debt to our EBITDA, which
we explain below, at no more than 4:1.
EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. We are currently in compliance
with these covenants.
We hold financial instruments for two principal purposes: to
finance our operations and to manage the interest rate and
currency risks arising from our operations and from our sources
of financing.
We finance our operations by a mixture of cash flows from
operations, short-term borrowings from banks and commercial
paper markets, and longer term loans from banks and capital
markets. We borrow principally in US dollars, sterling and euro
at both floating and fixed rates of interest, using derivatives,
where
42
appropriate, to generate the desired effective currency profile
and interest rate basis. The derivatives used for this purpose
are principally interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and
collars, currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.
For a more detailed discussion of our borrowing and use of
derivatives, see Item 11. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
There were no significant or unusual related party transactions
in 2006, 2005 or 2004. Refer to note 34 in
Item 17. Financial Statements.
Accounting principles
For a summary of the principal differences between IFRS and US
GAAP in respect of our financial statements and recent US GAAP
and IFRS pronouncements refer to note 36 in
Item 17. Financial Statements.
|
|
ITEM 6. |
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES |
Directors and senior management
We are managed by a board of directors and a chief executive who
reports to the board and manages through a management committee.
We refer to the board of directors and the chairman of the board
of directors as our senior management.
The following table sets forth information concerning senior
management, as of April 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Chairman |
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Chief Executive |
David Arculus
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
David Bell
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Director for People and Chairman of The FT Group |
Terry Burns
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Chief Executive of The FT Group |
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
Ken Hydon
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
John Makinson
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Penguin Group |
Rana Talwar
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Non-executive Director |
Glen Moreno was appointed chairman on October 1,
2005. He is the senior independent non-executive director of Man
Group plc and also a director of Fidelity International Limited
and a trustee of The Prince of Liechtenstein Foundation.
Marjorie Scardino joined the board and became chief
executive in January 1997. She is a member of Pearsons
nomination committee. She trained and practiced as a lawyer and
was chief executive of The Economist Group from 1993 until
joining Pearson. She is also a non-executive director of Nokia
Corporation.
David Arculus became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the audit and nomination committees
and as chairman of the personnel committee. He is a
non-executive director of Telefonica SA, and was previously
chairman of O2 plc from 2004 until it was acquired by
Telefonica in early 2006. His previous roles include chairman of
Severn Trent plc, chairman of IPC Group, chief operating officer
43
of United Business Media plc, group managing director of EMAP
plc and non-executive director of Barclays Bank plc.
David Bell became a director in March 1996. He is
chairman of the FT Group, having previously been chief executive
of the Financial Times from 1993 to 1998. In July 1998,
he was appointed Pearsons director for people with
responsibility for the recruitment, motivation, development and
reward of employees across the Pearson Group. He is also a
non-executive director of VITEC Group plc and chairman of
Sadlers Wells and Crisis, a charity for the homeless.
Terry Burns became a non-executive director in May 1999
and the senior independent director in February 2004. He
currently serves on the nomination and personnel committees. He
was the UK governments chief economic advisor from 1980
until 1991 and Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury from 1991
until 1998. He is non-executive chairman of Abbey National plc
and Glas Cymru Limited and a non-executive director of Banco
Santander Central Hispano. He has been chairman of Marks and
Spencer Group plc since July 2006, having previously been deputy
chairman from October 1, 2005.
Patrick Cescau became a non-executive director in April
2002. He joined the audit committee in January 2005, and is also
a member of the nomination committee. He joined Unilever in
1973, latterly serving as Finance Director until January 2001,
at which time he was appointed Director of Unilevers Foods
Division. He is currently group chief executive of Unilever.
Rona Fairhead became a director in June 2002. She was
appointed chief executive of the FT Group on June 12, 2006
having previously been chief financial officer of Pearson from
June 2002 and was appointed to the Interactive Data Corporation
board on 15 February 2007. She had served as deputy finance
director of Pearson from October 2001. From 1996 until 2001, she
worked at ICI plc, where she served as executive vice president,
group control and strategy, and as a member of the executive
committee from 1998. Prior to that, she worked for Bombardier
Inc. in finance, strategy and operational roles. She is also a
non-executive director of HSBC Holdings plc.
Robin Freestone became a director of Pearson on
June 12, 2006 and was appointed chief financial officer,
having previously served as deputy chief financial officer since
2004. He was previously group financial controller of Amersham
plc (now part of GE), having joined Amersham as chief financial
officer of their health business in 2000. Prior to that he held
a number of senior financial positions with ICI, Zeneca and
Henkel. He is also a non-executive director of eChem Limited.
Susan Fuhrman became a non-executive director in July
2004. She is a member of the audit and nomination committees.
She is president of Teachers College at Columbia University,
Americas oldest and largest graduate school of education
having previously been dean of the Graduate school of Education
at the University of Pennsylvania. She is a member of the Board
of Trustees of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of
Teaching and an officer of the National Academy of Education.
Ken Hydon became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the nomination committee and as
chairman of the audit committee. He is a non-executive director
of Tesco plc, Reckitt Benckiser plc and Royal Berks NHS
Foundation Trust. He was previously finance director of Vodafone
Group plc and of subsidiaries of Racal Electronics.
John Makinson became chairman of the Penguin Group in May
2001 and its chief executive officer in June 2002. He was
appointed chairman of Interactive Data Corporation in December
2002. He served as Pearsons Finance Director from March
1996 until June 2002. From 1994 to 1996 he was managing director
of the Financial Times, and prior to that he founded and
managed the investor relations firm Makinson Cowell. He is also
a non-executive director of George Weston Limited in Canada.
Rana Talwar became a non-executive director in March 2000
and currently serves on the personnel and nomination committees.
He is currently chairman of Sabre Capital Worldwide and
Centurion Bank and a non-executive director of Schlumberger
Limited and Fortis Bank. He served as group chief executive of
Standard Chartered plc from 1998 until 2001, and was at Citicorp
from 1969 to 1997, where he held a number of senior
international management roles. He retired from the board at the
2007 AGM.
44
Compensation of senior management
It is the role of the personnel committee to approve the
remuneration and benefits packages of the executive directors,
the chief executives of the principal operating companies and
other members of the Pearson Management Committee. The committee
also takes note of the remuneration for those executives with
base pay over a certain level, representing approximately the
top 50 executives of the company.
Pearson seeks to generate a performance culture by operating
incentive programs that support its business goals and reward
their achievement. It is the companys policy that total
remuneration (base compensation plus short-and long-term
incentives) should reward both short- and long-term results,
delivering competitive rewards for target performance, but
outstanding rewards for exceptional company performance.
The companys policy is that base compensation should
provide the appropriate rate of remuneration for the job, taking
into account relevant recruitment markets and business sectors
and geographic regions. Benefit programs should ensure that
Pearson retains a competitive recruiting advantage.
Share ownership is encouraged throughout the company.
Equity-based reward programs align the interests of directors,
and employees in general, with those of shareholders by linking
rewards directly to Pearsons financial performance.
Total remuneration is made up of fixed and performance-linked
elements, with each element supporting different objectives.
Base salary reflects competitive market level, role and
individual contribution. Annual incentives motivate the
achievement of annual strategic goals. Bonus share matching
encourages executive directors and other senior executives to
acquire and hold Pearson shares and aligns executives and
shareholders interests. Long-term incentives drive
long-term earnings and share price growth and value creation and
align executives and shareholders interests.
Consistent with its policy, the committee places considerable
emphasis on the performance-linked elements i.e. annual
incentive, bonus share matching and long-term incentives.
The committee will continue to review the mix of fixed and
performance-linked remuneration on an annual basis, consistent
with its overall philosophy.
Our policy is that the remuneration of the executive directors
should be competitive with those of directors and executives in
similar positions in comparable companies. We use a range of UK
companies in different sectors including the media sector. Some
are of a similar size to Pearson, while others are larger, but
the method which the committees independent advisers use
to make comparisons on remuneration takes this into account. All
have very substantial overseas operations. We also use selected
media companies in North America. We use these companies because
they represent the wider executive talent pool from which we
might expect to recruit externally and the pay market to which
we might be vulnerable if our remuneration was not competitive.
Our normal policy is to review salaries annually, taking into
account the remuneration of directors and executives in similar
positions in comparable companies, individual performance and
levels of pay and pay increases throughout the company.
It is the companys policy that its benefit programs should
be competitive in the context of the local labor market, but as
an international company we require executives to operate
worldwide and recognize that recruitment also operates worldwide.
45
The committee establishes the annual incentive plans for the
executive directors and the chief executives of the
companys principal operating companies, including
performance measures and targets. The committee also establishes
the target and maximum levels of individual incentive
opportunity based on an assessment by the committees
independent advisers of market practice for comparable companies
and jobs.
The performance measures relate to the companys main
drivers of business performance at both the corporate and
operating company level. Performance is measured separately for
each item. For each performance measure, the committee
establishes thresholds, targets and maxima for different levels
of payout. With the exception of the CEO, 10% of the total
annual incentive opportunity for the executive directors and
other members of the Pearson Management Committee is based on
performance against personal objectives as agreed with the CEO.
For 2007, the financial performance measures for Pearson plc are
sales, growth in underlying adjusted earnings per share for
continuing operations at constant exchange rates, average
working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow. For
subsequent years, the measures will be set at the time.
For 2007, there are no changes to the executive directors
individual incentive opportunities. For the CEO, the target
annual incentive opportunity is 100% of base salary and the
maximum is 150%. For the other executive directors and other
members of the Pearson Management Committee, the target is up to
75% of salary and the maximum is twice target.
The incentive plans are discretionary and the committee reserves
the right to make adjustments up or down taking into account
exceptional factors.
The committee will continue to review the annual incentive plans
each year and to revise the performance measures, targets and
individual incentive opportunities in light of current
conditions.
Annual incentive payments do not form part of pensionable
earnings.
For 2006, annual incentives for Marjorie Scardino, David Bell,
Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone were based on the financial
performance of Pearson plc. In the case of John Makinson, 70% of
his annual incentive was based on the performance of Penguin
Group and 20% on the financial performance of Pearson plc. In
the case of David Bell, Rona Fairhead, Robin Freestone and John
Makinson, 10% of their annual incentives was based on
performance against personal objectives.
For Pearson plc, the performance measures were earnings per
share growth, operating cash flow, sales and average working
capital as a ratio to sales. Underlying growth in adjusted
earnings per share at constant exchange rates consistent with
reported adjusted earnings per share of 40.2p was better than
target but below the level of performance required for maximum
payout. Average working capital as a ratio to sales and
operating cash flow of £575m were at and above maximum
respectively. Sales at £4,423m were below target but above
threshold.
For Penguin Group, the performance measures were sales,
operating profit, operating cash flow and average working
capital as a ratio to sales. For working capital as a ratio to
sales and operating cash flow, performance was better than that
required for maximum payout. Sales and operating profit were
both above target but below maximum.
None of the executive directors was directly covered by the
plans for the other operating companies where the same
performance measures applied.
The annual bonus share matching plan permits executive directors
and senior executives around the company to invest up to 50% of
any after-tax annual bonus in Pearson shares. For awards made
since 2006, if these shares are held and the companys
adjusted earnings per share increase in real terms by at least
3% per annum compound over a five-year period, the company will
match them on a gross basis of one share for every
46
one held. Half the matching shares will vest if the
companys adjusted earnings per share increase in real
terms by at least 3% per annum compound over the first three
years.
Real growth is measured against the UK Governments Index
of Retail Prices (All Items). We choose to test our earnings per
share growth against UK inflation over three and five years to
measure the companys financial progress over the period to
which the entitlement to matching shares relates.
|
|
|
The long-term incentive plan |
At the annual general meeting in April 2006, shareholders
approved the renewal of the long-term incentive plan first
introduced in 2001.
Executive directors, senior executives and other managers are
eligible to participate in the plan which can deliver restricted
stock and/or stock options. The aim is to give the committee a
range of tools with which to link corporate performance to
managements long-term reward in a flexible way. It is not
the committees intention to grant stock options in 2007.
Restricted stock granted to executive directors vests only when
stretching corporate performance targets over a specified period
have been met. Awards vest on a sliding scale based on
performance over the period. There is no retesting. The
committee determines the performance measures and targets
governing an award of restricted stock prior to grant.
The performance measures that applied for 2006 and that will
apply for the 2007 awards and subsequently for the executive
directors are focused on delivering and improving returns to
shareholders. These are relative total shareholder return,
return on invested capital and earnings per share growth.
Pearson wishes to encourage executives and managers to build up
a long-term holding of shares so as to demonstrate their
commitment to the company. To achieve this, for awards of
restricted stock that are subject to performance conditions over
a three-year period, 75% of the award vests at the end of the
three-year period. The remaining 25% of the award only vests if
the participant retains the after-tax number of shares that vest
at year three for a further two years.
The committee establishes each year the expected value of
individual awards taking into account assessments by the
committees independent advisers of market practice for
comparable companies, directors total remuneration
relative to the market and the potential value of awards should
the performance target be met in full.
Restricted stock may be granted without performance conditions
to satisfy recruitment and retention objectives. Restricted
stock awards that are not subject to performance conditions will
not be granted to any of the current executive directors.
Where shares vest, participants receive additional shares
representing the gross value of dividends that would have been
paid on these shares during the performance period and
reinvested. The expected value of awards made on this basis take
this into account.
In any rolling 10-year period, no more than 10% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under all
Pearsons share plans, and no more than 5% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under
executive or discretionary plans.
As previously noted, in line with the policy of encouraging
widespread employee ownership, the company encourages executive
directors to build up a substantial shareholding in the company.
Given the share retention features of the annual bonus share
matching and long-term incentive plans and the volatility of the
stock market, we do not think it is appropriate to specify a
particular relationship of shareholding to salary.
47
In accordance with long established policy, all continuing
executive directors have rolling service agreements under which,
other than by termination in accordance with the terms of these
agreements, employment continues until retirement. These service
agreements provide that the company may terminate these
agreements by giving 12 months notice, and in some
instances they specify the compensation payable by way of
liquidated damages in circumstances where the company terminates
the agreements without notice or cause. We feel that these
notice periods and provisions for liquidated damages are
adequate compensation for loss of office and in line with the
market. The compensation payable in these circumstances is
typically 100% of annual salary, 100% of other benefits and a
proportion of potential bonus.
Following are the retirement benefits for each of the executive
directors.
Executive directors participate in the approved pension
arrangements set up for Pearson employees. Marjorie Scardino,
John Makinson, Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone will also
receive benefits under unapproved arrangements because of the
cap on the amount of benefits that can be provided from the
approved arrangements in the US and the UK.
The pension arrangements for all the executive directors include
life insurance cover while in employment, and entitlement to a
pension in the event of ill-health or disability. A pension for
their spouse and/or dependants is also available on death.
In the US, the approved defined benefit arrangement is the
Pearson Inc. Pension Plan. This plan provides a lump sum
convertible to a pension on retirement. The lump sum accrued at
6% of capped compensation until December 31, 2001 when
further benefit accruals ceased. Normal retirement is age 65
although early retirement is possible subject to a reduction for
early payment. No increases are guaranteed for pensions in
payment. There is a spouses pension on death in service
and the option to provide a death in retirement pension by
reducing the members pension.
The approved defined contribution arrangement in the US is a
401(k) plan. At retirement, the account balances will be used to
provide benefits. In the event of death before retirement, the
account balances will be used to provide benefits for dependants.
In the UK, the approved plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan
and executive directors participate in either the Final Pay or
the Money Purchase 2003 section. Normal retirement age is 62
but, subject to company consent, retirement is possible after
age 50. The accrued pension is reduced on retirement prior to
age 60. Pensions in payment are guaranteed to increase each year
at 5% or the increase in the Index of Retail Prices, if lower.
Pensions for a members spouse, dependant children and/or
nominated financial dependant are payable in the event of death.
Members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who joined after May
1989 are subject to an upper limit of earnings that can be used
for pension purposes, known as the earnings cap. This limit,
£108,600 as at April 5, 2006, was abolished by the
Finance Act 2004. However the Pearson Group Pension Plan has
retained its own cap, which will increase annually
in line with the UK Governments Index of Retail Prices
(All Items).
In response to the UK Governments plans for pensions
simplification and so-called
A-Day
effective from April 2006, UK executive directors and other
members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who are, or become,
affected by the lifetime allowance were offered a cash
supplement as an alternative to further accrual of pension
benefits on a basis that is broadly cost neutral to the company.
Marjorie Scardino participates in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan
and the approved 401(k) plan.
Additional pension benefits will be provided through an unfunded
unapproved defined contribution plan and a funded defined
contribution plan approved by HM Revenue and Customs as a
corresponding plan to
48
replace part of the unfunded plan. The account balance of the
unfunded unapproved defined contribution plan is determined by
reference to the value of a notional cash account that increases
annually by a specified notional interest rate. This plan
provides the opportunity to convert a proportion of this
notional cash account into a notional share account reflecting
the value of a number of Pearson ordinary shares. The number of
shares in the notional share account is determined by reference
to the market value of Pearson shares at the date of conversion.
David Bell is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. He is
eligible for a pension of two-thirds of his final base salary at
age 62 due to his long service but early retirement with a
reduced pension before that date is possible, subject to company
consent.
Rona Fairhead is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Her
pension accrual rate is 1/30th of pensionable salary per annum,
restricted to the plan earnings cap.
Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded
Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on her
behalf. In the event of death before retirement, the proceeds of
the FURBS account will be used to provide benefits for her
dependants. Since April 2006, she has received a taxable and
non-pensionable cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
Robin Freestone is a member of the Money Purchase 2003 section
of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Company contributions are 16%
of pensionable salary per annum, restricted to the plan earnings
cap.
Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded
Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on his
behalf. In the event of death before retirement, the proceeds of
the FURBS account will be used to provide benefits for his
dependants. Since April 2006, he has received a taxable and
non-pensionable cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
John Makinson is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan
under which his pensionable salary is restricted to the plan
earnings cap. The company ceased contributions on
December 31, 2001 to his FURBS arrangement. During 2002 it
set up an Unfunded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme
(UURBS) for him. The UURBS tops up the pension payable from
the Pearson Group Pension Plan and the closed FURBS to target a
pension of two-thirds of a revalued base salary on retirement at
age 62. The revalued base salary is defined as £450,000
effective at June 1, 2002, increased at January 1,
each year by reference to the increase in the UK
Governments Index of Retail Prices (All Items). In the
event of his death a pension from the Pearson Group Pension
Plan, the FURBS and the UURBS will be paid to his spouse or
nominated financial dependant. Early retirement is possible from
age 50, with company consent. The pension is reduced to reflect
the shorter service, and before age 60, further reduced for
early payment.
|
|
|
Executive directors non-executive
directorships |
Our policy is that executive directors may, by agreement with
the board, serve as non-executives of other companies and retain
any fees payable for their services.
The following executive directors served as non-executive
directors elsewhere for the period covered by this report as
follows: Marjorie Scardino (Nokia Corporation and MacArthur
Foundation); David Bell (VITEC Group plc); Rona Fairhead (HSBC
Holdings plc); Robin Freestone (eChem) and John Makinson (George
Weston Limited).
49
Our policy is that the chairmans pay should be set at a
level that is competitive with those of chairmen in similar
positions in comparable companies. He is not entitled to any
annual or long-term incentive, retirement or other benefits.
In accordance with the terms of his appointment, the committee
intends to review the chairmans remuneration in 2007. Any
change to current remuneration is subject to the approval of the
full board and will be set out in the report on directors
remuneration for 2007.
Fees for non-executive directors are determined by the full
board having regard to market practice and within the
restrictions contained in the companys articles of
association. Non-executive directors receive no other pay or
benefits (other than reimbursement for expenses incurred in
connection with their directorship of the company) and do not
participate in the companys equity-based incentive plans.
The level and structure of non-executive directors fees
effective from January 2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees payable from | |
|
|
January 1, 2005 | |
|
|
(£) | |
|
|
| |
Basic non-executive director fee
|
|
|
45,000 |
|
Chairmanship of audit and personnel committees
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
Membership of audit and personnel committees
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
Senior independent directors fee
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
Overseas meetings (per meeting)
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
One-third of the basic fee, or the entire fee in the case of
Rana Talwar, is paid in Pearson shares that the non-executive
directors have committed to retain for the period of their
directorships.
Patrick Cescaus fee is paid over to his employer.
The board intends to review the level and structure of
non-executive directors fees in 2007. Any changes to
existing arrangements will be set out in the report on
directors remuneration for 2007.
Non-executive directors serve Pearson under letters of
appointment and do not have service contracts. There is no
entitlement to compensation on the termination of their
directorships.
|
|
|
Remuneration of senior management |
Excluding contributions to pension funds and related benefits,
senior management remuneration for 2006 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries/ | |
|
Annual | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees | |
|
incentive(1) | |
|
Allowances(2) | |
|
Benefits | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£000 | |
|
£000 | |
|
£000 | |
|
£000 | |
|
£000 | |
Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425 |
|
Executive directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
1,067 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
1,962 |
|
David Bell
|
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
954 |
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
Robin Freestone (appointed June 12, 2006)
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
1,326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior management as a group
|
|
|
2,849 |
|
|
|
3,022 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
6,189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
(1) |
For the full year, Robin Freestones remuneration was:
salary/fees £315,170; annual
incentive £329,438; benefits
£13,980; total £658,588. |
|
(2) |
Allowances for Marjorie Scardino include £40,190 in respect
of housing costs and a US payroll supplement of £9,646.
John Makinson is entitled to a location and market premium in
relation to the management of the business of the Penguin Group
in the US and received £183,125 for 2006. |
|
(3) |
Benefits include company car, car allowance and health care.
Marjorie Scardino, Rona Fairhead, David Bell and John Makinson
have the use of a chauffeur. |
|
(4) |
No amounts as compensation for loss of office and no expense
allowances chargeable to UK income tax were paid during the year. |
Share options of senior management
This table sets forth for each director the number of share
options held as of December 31, 2006 as well as the
exercise price, rounded to the nearest whole penny/cent, and the
range of expiration dates of these options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Exercise | |
|
Earliest | |
|
|
Director |
|
Options | |
|
(1) | |
|
Price | |
|
Exercise Date | |
|
Expiry Date | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Marjorie Scardino(2)
|
|
|
176,556 |
|
|
|
a |
* |
|
|
973.3p |
|
|
|
09/14/01 |
|
|
|
09/14/08 |
|
|
|
|
5,660 |
|
|
|
a |
* |
|
|
1090.0p |
|
|
|
09/14/01 |
|
|
|
09/14/08 |
|
|
|
|
37,583 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1372.4p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
37,583 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1647.5p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
36,983 |
|
|
|
c |
|
|
|
3224.3p |
|
|
|
05/03/03 |
|
|
|
05/03/10 |
|
|
|
|
41,550 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/02 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
41,550 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/03 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
41,550 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/04 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
41,550 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/05 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
460,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
20,496 |
|
|
|
a |
* |
|
|
973.3p |
|
|
|
09/14/01 |
|
|
|
09/14/08 |
|
|
|
|
1,142 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
494.8p |
|
|
|
08/01/07 |
|
|
|
02/01/08 |
|
|
|
|
373 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
507.6p |
|
|
|
08/01/08 |
|
|
|
02/01/09 |
|
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
629.6p |
|
|
|
08/01/09 |
|
|
|
02/01/10 |
|
|
|
|
18,705 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1372.4p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
18,705 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1647.5p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
18,686 |
|
|
|
c |
|
|
|
3224.3p |
|
|
|
05/03/03 |
|
|
|
05/03/10 |
|
|
|
|
16,350 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/02 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
16,350 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/03 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
16,350 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/04 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
16,350 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/05 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
143,804 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
494.8p |
|
|
|
08/01/07 |
|
|
|
02/01/08 |
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
822.0p |
|
|
|
11/01/02 |
|
|
|
11/01/11 |
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
822.0p |
|
|
|
11/01/03 |
|
|
|
11/01/11 |
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
822.0p |
|
|
|
11/01/04 |
|
|
|
11/01/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
61,904 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Exercise | |
|
Earliest | |
|
|
Director |
|
Options | |
|
(1) | |
|
Price | |
|
Exercise Date | |
|
Expiry Date | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
1,866 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
507.6p |
|
|
|
08/01/08 |
|
|
|
02/01/09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,866 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
73,920 |
|
|
|
a |
* |
|
|
676.4p |
|
|
|
09/12/00 |
|
|
|
09/12/07 |
|
|
|
|
30,576 |
|
|
|
a |
* |
|
|
973.3p |
|
|
|
09/14/01 |
|
|
|
09/14/08 |
|
|
|
|
4,178 |
|
|
|
b |
|
|
|
424.8p |
|
|
|
08/01/10 |
|
|
|
02/01/11 |
|
|
|
|
21,477 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1372.4p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
21,477 |
|
|
|
c |
* |
|
|
1647.5p |
|
|
|
06/08/02 |
|
|
|
06/08/09 |
|
|
|
|
21,356 |
|
|
|
c |
|
|
|
3224.3p |
|
|
|
05/03/03 |
|
|
|
05/03/10 |
|
|
|
|
19,785 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/02 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
19,785 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/03 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
19,785 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/04 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
19,785 |
|
|
|
d |
* |
|
|
1421.0p |
|
|
|
05/09/05 |
|
|
|
05/09/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
252,124 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Shares under option are designated as: a executive;
b worldwide save for shares; c premium
priced; and d long-term incentive; and
* where options are exercisable. |
|
|
|
The plans under which these options were granted were replaced
with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001.
No executive options have been granted to the directors since
1998. All options that remain outstanding are exercisable (all
performance conditions having already been met prior to 2005)
and lapse if they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of
the date of grant. |
|
|
b |
Worldwide save for shares |
|
|
|
The acquisition of shares under the worldwide save for shares
plan is not subject to the satisfaction of a performance target. |
|
|
|
The plan under which these options were granted was replaced
with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001.
No Premium Priced Options (PPOs) have been granted to the
directors since 1999. The share price targets for the three-year
and five-year tranches of PPOs granted in 1999 have already been
met prior to 2006. The share price target for the seven-year
tranche of PPOs granted in 1999 was not met in 2006 and the
options lapsed. The share price target for the outstanding PPOs
granted in 2000 has yet to be met. The secondary real growth in
earnings per share target for any PPOs to become exercisable has
already been met prior to 2006. |
|
|
All PPOs that remain outstanding lapse if they remain
unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. |
|
|
|
All options that remain outstanding are exercisable and lapse if
they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of
grant. |
|
|
(2) |
In addition, Marjorie Scardino contributes US$1,000 per month
(the maximum allowed) to the US employee stock purchase
plan. The terms of this plan allow participants to make monthly
contributions for one year and to acquire shares at the end of
that period at a price that is the lower of the market price at
the beginning or the end of the period, both less 15%. |
Share ownership of senior management
The table below sets forth the number of ordinary shares and
restricted shares held by each of our directors as at
March 31, 2007. Additional information with respect to
share options held by, and bonus
52
awards for, these persons is set out above in Remuneration
of Senior Management and Share Options for Senior
Management. The total number of ordinary shares held by
senior management as of March 31, 2007 was 734,913
representing less than 1% of the issued share capital on
March 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary | |
|
Restricted | |
As at March 31, 2007 |
|
shares(1) | |
|
shares(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
110,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
216,777 |
|
|
|
1,668,675 |
|
David Arculus (appointed February 28, 2006)
|
|
|
1,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
109,578 |
|
|
|
658,625 |
|
Terry Burns
|
|
|
7,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
2,758 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
62,593 |
|
|
|
750,046 |
|
Robin Freestone (appointed June 12, 2006)
|
|
|
2,089 |
|
|
|
153,435 |
|
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
4,163 |
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Hydon (appointed February 28, 2006)
|
|
|
6,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
172,872 |
|
|
|
724,562 |
|
Reuben Mark (resigned April 21, 2006)
|
|
|
16,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
Vernon Sankey (resigned April 21, 2006)
|
|
|
5,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rana Talwar (resigned April 27, 2007)
|
|
|
18,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Amounts include shares acquired by individuals under the annual
bonus share matching plan and amounts purchased in the market by
individuals. |
|
(2) |
Restricted shares comprise awards made under the annual bonus
share matching and
long-term incentive
plans. The number of shares shown represents the maximum number
of shares which may vest, subject to the performance conditions
being fulfilled. |
Employee share ownership plans
|
|
|
Worldwide save for shares & US employee share purchase
plans |
In 1998, we introduced a worldwide save for shares plan. Under
this plan, our employees around the world have the option to
save a portion of their monthly salary over periods of three,
five or seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has
the option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated
funds at a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price
prevailing at the commencement of the employees
participation in the plan.
In the United States, this plan operates as a stock purchase
plan under Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of
1986. This plan was introduced in 2000 following Pearsons
listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Under it, participants
save a portion of their monthly salary over six month periods,
at the end of which they have the option to purchase ADRs with
their accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the
lower of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of
the period.
Board Practices
Our board currently comprises the chairman, who is a
part-time
non-executive, five
executive directors and six (this will be 5 following the
resignation of Rana Talwar after April 27, 2007)
non-executive
directors. Our articles of association provide that at every
annual general meeting,
one-third of the board
of directors, or the number nearest to
one-third, shall retire
from office. The directors to retire each year are the directors
who have been longest in office since their last election or
appointment. A retiring director is eligible for
re-election. If at any
annual general meeting, the place of a retiring director is not
filled, the retiring director, if willing, is deemed to have
been re-elected, unless
at or prior to such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill
the vacated office, or unless a resolution for the
re-election of that
director has been put to the meeting and
53
lost. Our articles of association also provide that every
director be subject to
re-appointment by
shareholders at the next annual general meeting following their
appointment.
Details of our approach to corporate governance and an account
of how we comply with NYSE requirements can be found on our
website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm).
The board of directors has established the following committees,
all of which have written terms of reference setting out their
authority and duties:
This committee provides the board with a vehicle to appraise our
financial management and reporting and to assess the integrity
of our accounting procedures and financial controls. Ken Hydon
chairs this committee and its other members are David Arculus,
Patrick Cescau and Susan Fuhrman. Ken Hydon is also the
designated audit committee financial expert within the meaning
of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and
Exchange Commission. Our internal and external auditors have
direct access to the committee to raise any matter of concern
and to report the results of work directed by the committee. The
committee reports to the full board of directors.
This committee meets regularly to decide the remuneration and
benefits of the executive directors and the chief executives of
our three operating divisions. The committee also recommends the
chairmans remuneration to the board of directors for its
decision and reviews management development and succession
plans. David Arculus chairs this committee and its other members
are Terry Burns, Rana Talwar and, since 1 January 2007, Glen
Moreno.
This committee meets from time to time as necessary to consider
the appointment of new directors. The committee is chaired by
Glen Moreno and comprises Marjorie Scardino and all of the
non-executive directors.
Following a review of the board committees by the new chairman
during 2006, it was decided to disband the treasury committee,
dividing its responsibilities between the board (with regard to
approval of treasury policies) and the audit committee (to
monitor compliance with these policies).
Employees
The average numbers of persons employed by us during each of the
three fiscal years ended 2006 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
34,341 in fiscal 2006 |
|
|
|
32,203 in fiscal 2005, and |
|
|
|
33,086 in fiscal 2004. |
We, through our subsidiaries, have entered into collective
bargaining agreements with employees in various locations. Our
management has no reason to believe that we would not be able to
renegotiate any such agreements on satisfactory terms. We
encourage employees to contribute actively to the business in
the context of their particular job roles and believe that the
relations with our employees are generally good.
54
The table set forth below shows for 2006, 2005 and 2004 the
average number of persons employed in each of our operating
divisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number employed |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
School
|
|
|
11,064 |
|
|
|
10,133 |
|
|
|
10,403 |
|
Higher Education
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
|
|
4,196 |
|
|
|
4,087 |
|
Professional
|
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
3,809 |
|
|
|
3,368 |
|
Penguin
|
|
|
3,943 |
|
|
|
4,051 |
|
|
|
4,085 |
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,285 |
|
|
|
1,952 |
|
|
|
1,989 |
|
IDC
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
|
|
1,956 |
|
|
|
1,826 |
|
Other
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
|
1,365 |
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
29,283 |
|
|
|
27,670 |
|
|
|
27,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
5,058 |
|
|
|
4,533 |
|
|
|
5,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
34,341 |
|
|
|
32,203 |
|
|
|
33,086 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
To our knowledge, as of February 28, 2007, the only
beneficial owners of 3% or more of our issued and outstanding
ordinary share capital were Franklin Resources Inc. which owned
103,908,285 ordinary shares representing 12.9% of our
outstanding ordinary shares, FMR Corp. and Fidelity
International Limited which owned 49,800,888 ordinary shares
representing 6.2% of our outstanding ordinary shares and Legal
and General Group plc which owned 28,868,364 ordinary shares
representing 3.6% of our outstanding ordinary shares. On
February 28, 2007, record holders with registered addresses
in the United States held 36,623,444 ADRs, which represented
4.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Because some of these
ADRs are held by nominees, these numbers may not accurately
represent the number of beneficial owners in the United States.
Loans and equity advanced to joint ventures and associates
during the year and as at December 31, 2006 are shown in
note 13 in Item 17. Financial Statements.
Amounts due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 19 and dividends receivable from joint ventures and
associates are set out in note 13 in Item 17.
Financial Statements. There were no other related party
transactions in 2006.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through
F-70 hereof.
Other than those events described in note 35 in
Item 17. Financial Statements of this
Form 20-F and
seasonal fluctuations in borrowings, there has been no
significant change to our financial condition or results of
operations since December 31, 2006. Our borrowings
fluctuate by season due to the effect of the school year on the
working capital requirements of the educational book business.
Assuming no acquisitions or disposals, our maximum level of net
debt normally occurs in July, and our minimum level of net debt
normally occurs in December.
Our policy with respect to dividend distributions is described
in response to Item 3. Key Information above.
Legal Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal
proceedings including, from time to time, government and
arbitration proceedings, which are incidental to our and their
operations. We do not expect that the outcome of pending
proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have
a significant effect on our financial position or profitability
nor have any such proceedings had any such effect in the recent
past. To our knowledge, there are no material proceedings in
which any member of senior management or any of
55
our affiliates is a party adverse to us or any of our
subsidiaries or in respect of which any of those persons has a
material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.
|
|
ITEM 9. |
THE OFFER AND LISTING |
The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the
London Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares also trade in the
United States in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs under a
sponsored ADR facility with The Bank of New York as depositary.
We established this facility in March 1995 and amended it in
August 2000 in connection with our New York Stock Exchange
listing. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
The ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
PSO.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest middle
market quotations, which represent the average of closing bid
and asked prices, for the ordinary shares, as derived from the
Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the average
daily trading volume on the London Stock Exchange:
|
|
|
|
|
on an annual basis for our five most recent fiscal years, |
|
|
|
on a quarterly basis for our most recent quarter and two most
recent fiscal years, and |
|
|
|
on a monthly basis for the six most recent months. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary | |
|
|
|
|
shares | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Average daily | |
Reference period |
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
trading volume | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(Ordinary shares) | |
|
|
(In pence) | |
|
|
Five most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
|
5,004,500 |
|
|
2005
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
5,296,700 |
|
|
2004
|
|
|
682 |
|
|
|
579 |
|
|
|
6,219,200 |
|
|
2003
|
|
|
680 |
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
6,631,800 |
|
|
2002
|
|
|
922 |
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
6,164,500 |
|
Most recent quarter and two most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 First quarter
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
|
|
5,864,200 |
|
|
2006 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
3,979,500 |
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
3,900,700 |
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
688 |
|
|
|
5,728,800 |
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
812 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
|
6,395,400 |
|
|
2005 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
4,947,900 |
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
|
652 |
|
|
|
4,860,700 |
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
628 |
|
|
|
5,823,300 |
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
5,626,100 |
|
Most recent six months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 2007
|
|
|
872 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
8,538,000 |
|
|
February 2007
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
4,812,500 |
|
|
January 2007
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
|
|
6,380,300 |
|
|
December 2006
|
|
|
781 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
4,378,900 |
|
|
November 2006
|
|
|
789 |
|
|
|
751 |
|
|
|
3,509,000 |
|
|
October 2006
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
4,099,600 |
|
56
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
Memorandum and articles of association
We summarize below the material provisions of our memorandum and
articles of association, as amended, which have been filed as an
exhibit to our annual report on
Form 20-F for the
year ended December 31, 2003. The summary below is
qualified entirely by reference to the Memorandum and Articles
of Association. We have multiple business objectives and
purposes and are authorized to do such things as the board may
consider to further our interests or incidental or conducive to
the attainment of our objectives and purposes.
Our business shall be managed by the board of directors and the
board may exercise all such of our powers as are not required by
law or by the Articles of Association to be exercised by
resolution of the shareholders in general meeting.
A director shall not be disqualified from contracting with us by
virtue of his or her office or from having any other interest,
whether direct or indirect, in any contract or arrangement
entered into by or on behalf of us. An interested director must
declare the nature of his or her interest in any contract or
arrangement entered into by or on behalf of us in accordance
with the Companies Act 1985. Provided that the director has
declared his interest and acted in accordance with law, no such
contract or arrangement shall be avoided and no director so
contracting or being interested shall be liable to account to us
for any profit realized by him from the contract or arrangement
by reason of the director holding his office or the fiduciary
relationship thereby established. A director may not vote on any
contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he or she
has, together with any interest of any person connected with him
or her, an interest which is, to his or her knowledge, a
material interest, otherwise than by virtue of his or her
interests in shares, debentures or other securities of or
otherwise in or through us. If a question arises as to the
materiality of a directors interest or his or her
entitlement to vote and the director does not voluntarily agree
to abstain from voting, that question will be referred to the
chairman of the board or, if the chairman also is interested, to
a person appointed by the other directors who is not interested.
The ruling of the chairman or that other person, as the case may
be, will be final and conclusive. A director will not be counted
in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on
which he or she is prohibited from voting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director will be entitled to
vote, and be counted in the quorum, on any resolution concerning
any of the following matters:
|
|
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of
money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or by any other
person at the request of or for the benefit of us or any of our
subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third
party in respect of a debt or obligation of ours or any of our
subsidiaries for which he or she has assumed responsibility in
whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under
a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; |
|
|
|
any proposal relating to us or any of our subsidiaries where we
are offering securities in which a director is or may be
entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the
underwriting or
sub-underwriting of
which a director is to participate; |
|
|
|
any proposal relating to an arrangement for the benefit of our
employees or any of our subsidiaries that does not award him or
her any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the
employees to whom such arrangement relates; and |
|
|
|
any proposal concerning insurance that we propose to maintain or
purchase for the benefit of directors or for the benefit of
persons, including directors. |
57
Where proposals are under consideration concerning the
appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment
with us or any company in which we are interested, these
proposals may be divided and considered separately and each of
these directors, if not prohibited from voting under the proviso
of the fourth clause above, will be entitled to vote and be
counted in the quorum with respect to each resolution except
that concerning his or her own appointment.
The board of directors may exercise all powers to borrow money
and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled
capital and to issue debentures and other securities, whether
outright or as collateral security for any of our or any third
partys debts, liabilities or obligations. The board of
directors must restrict the borrowings in order to secure that
the aggregate amount of undischarged monies borrowed by us (and
any of our subsidiaries), but excluding any
intra-group debts,
shall not at any time exceed a sum equal to twice the aggregate
of the adjusted capital and reserves, unless the shareholders in
general meeting sanction an excession of this limitation.
|
|
|
Other provisions relating to directors |
Under the articles of association, directors are paid out of our
funds for their services as we may from time to time determine
by ordinary resolution and, in the case of
non-executive
directors, up to an aggregate of £500,000 or such other
amounts as resolved by the shareholders at a general meeting.
Directors currently are not required to be qualified by owning
our shares. Changes to the Companies Act, which came into force
on April 7, 2007, now permit the appointment of a director
age 70 or over.
|
|
|
Annual general meetings and extraordinary general
meetings |
Shareholders meetings may be either annual general
meetings or extraordinary general meetings. However, the
following matters are ordinarily transacted at an annual general
meeting:
|
|
|
|
|
sanctioning or declaring dividends; |
|
|
|
consideration of the accounts and balance sheet; |
|
|
|
ordinary reports of the board of directors and auditors and any
other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet; |
|
|
|
as holders of ordinary shares vote for the election of
one-third of the
members of the board of directors at every annual general
meeting, the appointment or election of directors in the place
of those retiring by rotation or otherwise; |
|
|
|
appointment or reappointment of, and determination of the
remuneration of, the auditors; and |
|
|
|
the renewal, limitation, extension, variation or grant of any
authority of or to the board, pursuant to the Companies Act
1985, to allot securities. |
Business transacted at an extraordinary general meeting may also
be transacted at an annual general meeting.
We hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting within
fifteen months after the date of the preceding annual general
meeting, at a place and time determined by the board. The board
may call an extraordinary general meeting at any time and for
any reason. The board must convene an extraordinary general
meeting if requested to do so by shareholders holding not less
than one-tenth of our
issued share capital.
Three shareholders present in person and entitled to vote will
constitute a quorum for any general meeting. If a quorum for a
meeting convened at the request of shareholders is not present
within fifteen minutes of the appointed time, the meeting will
be dissolved. In any other case, the general meeting will be
adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and
place, or to a time and place that the chairman fixes. If at
that rescheduled meeting a quorum is not present within fifteen
minutes from the time
58
appointed for holding the meeting, the shareholders present in
person or by proxy will be a quorum. The chairman or, in his
absence, the deputy chairman or any other director nominated by
the board, will preside as chairman at every general meeting. If
no director is present at the general meeting or no director
consents to act as chairman, the shareholders present shall
elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
Certificates representing ordinary shares are issued in
registered form and, subject to the terms of issue of those
shares, are issued following allotment or receipt of the form of
transfer bearing the appropriate stamp duty by our registrar,
Lloyds Bank Registrars, The Causeway, Worthing, West Sussex BN99
6DA, United Kingdom, telephone number +44-1903-502-541.
Any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other
special rights or other restrictions as we may determine by way
of a shareholders vote in general meeting. Subject to the
Companies Act 1985, any shares may be issued on terms that they
are, or at our or the shareholders option are, liable to
be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as we, before the
issue of the shares, may by special resolution of the
shareholders, determine.
There are no provisions in the Articles of Association which
discriminate against any existing or prospective shareholder as
a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of
shares.
Subject to the terms of the shares which have been issued, the
directors may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders
in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, provided that
(subject to the terms of the shares so issued) no call on any
share shall be payable at less than fourteen clear days from the
last call. The directors may, if they see fit, receive from any
shareholder willing to advance the same, all and any part of the
moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him.
We may from time to time, by ordinary resolution:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate and divide our share capital into shares of a larger
amount than its existing shares; or |
|
|
|
sub-divide all of or any of our existing shares into shares of
smaller amounts than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association,
subject to the Companies Act 1985; or |
|
|
|
cancel any shares which, at the date of passing of the
resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any
person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the
amount of the shares so cancelled. |
We may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our
share capital and, by special resolution, decrease our share
capital, capital redemption reserve fund and any share premium
account in any way.
Every holder of ordinary shares present in person at a meeting
of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands.
On a poll, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in
person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of
which he or she is the holder. Voting at any meeting of
shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly
demanded before the declaration of the results of a show of
hands. A poll may be demanded by:
|
|
|
|
|
the chairman of the meeting; |
|
|
|
at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote; |
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
representing not less than
one-tenth of the total
voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at
the meeting; or |
59
|
|
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being
shares on which the aggregate sum paid up is equal to not less
than one-tenth of the
total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right. |
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends out
of our profits that are available by law for distribution, as we
may declare by ordinary resolution, subject to the terms of
issue thereof. However, no dividends may be declared in excess
of an amount recommended by the board of directors. The board
may pay interim dividends to the shareholders as it deems fit.
We may invest or otherwise use all dividends left unclaimed for
six months after having been declared for our benefit, until
claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years
after having been declared will be forfeited and revert to us.
The directors may, with the sanction of a resolution of the
shareholders, offer any holders of ordinary shares the right to
elect to receive ordinary shares credited as fully paid, in
whole or in part, instead of cash in respect of such dividend.
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any
shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by that
shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise in relation
to our shares.
In the event of our liquidation, after payment of all
liabilities, our remaining assets would be used to repay the
holders of ordinary shares the amount they paid for their
ordinary shares. Any balance would be divided among the holders
of ordinary shares in proportion to the nominal amount of the
ordinary shares held by them.
|
|
|
Other provisions of the articles of association |
Whenever our capital is divided into different classes of
shares, the special rights attached to any class may, unless
otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of
that class, be varied or abrogated, either with the written
consent of the holders of
three-fourths of the
issued shares of the class or with the sanction of an
extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of these
holders.
In the event that a shareholder or other person appearing to the
board of directors to be interested in ordinary shares fails to
comply with a notice requiring him or her to provide information
with respect to their interest in voting shares pursuant to
section 212 of the Companies Act 1985, we may serve that
shareholder with a notice of default. After service of a default
notice, that shareholder shall not be entitled to attend or vote
at any general meeting or at a separate meeting of holders of a
class of shares or on a poll until he or she has complied in
full with our information request.
If the shares described in the default notice represent at least
one-fourth of 1% in
nominal value of the issued ordinary shares, then the default
notice may additionally direct that in respect of those shares:
|
|
|
|
|
we will not pay dividends (or issue shares in lieu of
dividends); and |
|
|
|
we will not register transfers of shares unless the shareholder
is not himself in default as regards supplying the information
requested and the transfer, when presented for registration, is
in such form as the board of directors may require to the effect
that after due and careful inquiry, the shareholder is satisfied
that no person in default is interested in any of the ordinary
shares which are being transferred or the transfer is an
approved transfer, as defined in our articles of association. |
No provision of our articles of association expressly governs
the ordinary share ownership threshold above which shareholder
ownership must be disclosed. Under the Companies Act 1985, any
person who acquires, either alone or, in specified
circumstances, with others:
|
|
|
|
|
a material interest in our voting share capital equal to or in
excess of 3%; or |
|
|
|
a non-material interest equal to or in excess of 10%, |
60
comes under an obligation to disclose prescribed particulars to
us in respect of those ordinary shares. A disclosure obligation
also arises where a persons notifiable interests fall
below the notifiable percentage, or where, above that level, the
percentage of our voting share capital in which a person has a
notifiable interest increases or decreases.
|
|
|
Limitations affecting holders of ordinary shares or
ADSs |
Under English law and our memorandum and articles of
association, persons who are neither UK residents nor UK
nationals may freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares in
the same manner as UK residents or nationals.
With respect to the items discussed above, applicable UK law is
not materially different from applicable US law.
Material contracts
The following summaries are not intended to be complete and
reference is made to the contracts themselves, which are
included, or incorporated by reference, as exhibits to this
annual report. We have entered into the following contracts
outside the ordinary course of business during the two year
period immediately preceding the date of this annual report:
|
|
|
Issuance of $350,000,000 4.70% Guaranteed Senior Notes due
2009 and $400,000,000 5.70% Guaranteed Senior Notes due
2014 |
Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Pearson Dollar Finance plc, issued
$350m principal amount of 4.70% senior notes due 2009 and $400m
principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due 2014, in each case
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Pearson plc, under an
indenture dated May 25, 2004 between Pearson Dollar Finance
plc, Pearson plc and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The first
semi-annual interest
payment was made on December 1, 2004. Pearson Dollar
Finance may redeem the notes at any time, in whole or in part,
at its option.
The indenture describes the circumstances that would be
considered events of default. If an event of default occurs,
other than an insolvency or bankruptcy of Pearson Dollar Finance
plc, Pearson plc or a principal subsidiary of Pearson plc (as
defined in the indenture), the holders of at least 25% of the
principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare the
notes, along with accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts
described in the indenture, as immediately due and payable. In
the event of an insolvency or bankruptcy of Pearson Dollar
Finance plc, Pearson plc or a principal subsidiary of Pearson
plc (as defined in the indenture), the principal of all
outstanding notes shall become due and payable immediately.
The indenture limits our ability to create liens to secure
certain types of debt intended to be listed or traded on an
exchange.
|
|
|
Issuance of $300,000,000 4.625% Senior Notes due
2018 |
We issued $300m principal amount of 4.625% senior notes due 2018
under an indenture dated June 23, 2003 between us and The
Bank of New York, as trustee. The first
semi-annual interest
payment was made on December 15, 2003. We may redeem the
notes at any time, in whole or in part, at our option.
The indenture describes the circumstances that would be
considered events of default. If an event of default occurs,
other than the insolvency or bankruptcy of us or a principal
subsidiary (as defined in the indenture), the holders of at
least 25% of the principal amount of the then outstanding notes
may declare the notes, along with accrued, but unpaid, interest
and other amounts described in the indenture, as immediately due
and payable.
The indenture limits our ability to create liens to secure
certain types of debt intended to be listed or traded on an
exchange.
61
|
|
|
Executive employment contracts |
We have entered into agreements with each of our executive
directors pursuant to which such executive director is employed
by us. These agreements describe the duties of such executive
director and the compensation to be paid by us. See
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management &
Employees Compensation of Senior Management.
Each agreement may be terminated by us on 12 months
notice or by the executive director on six months notice.
In the event we terminate any executive director without giving
the full 12 months advance notice, the executive
director is entitled to receive liquidated damages equal to
12 months base salary and benefits together with a
proportion of potential bonus.
Exchange controls
There are no UK government laws, decrees, regulations or other
legislation which restrict or which may affect the import or
export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash
equivalents for use by us or the remittance of dividends,
interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our
securities, except as otherwise described under
Tax Considerations below.
Tax considerations
The following is a discussion of the material US federal income
tax considerations and UK tax considerations arising from the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and
ADSs by a US holder. A US holder is:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the US, |
|
|
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any of its political subdivisions, or |
|
|
|
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to US federal
income taxation regardless of its source. |
This discussion deals only with ordinary shares and ADSs that
are held as capital assets by a US holder, and does not address
tax considerations applicable to US holders that may be subject
to special tax rules, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
dealers or traders in securities or currencies, |
|
|
|
financial institutions or other US holders that treat income in
respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs as financial services
income, |
|
|
|
insurance companies, |
|
|
|
tax-exempt entities, |
|
|
|
US holders that hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as a part of a
straddle or conversion transaction or other arrangement
involving more than one position, |
|
|
|
US holders that own, or are deemed for US tax purposes to own,
10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our voting stock, |
|
|
|
US holders that have a principal place of business or tax
home outside the United States, or |
|
|
|
US holders whose functional currency is not the US
dollar. |
For US federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be
treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by
those ADSs.
In addition, the following discussion assumes that The Bank of
New York will perform its obligations as depositary in
accordance with the terms of the depositary agreement and any
related agreements.
Because US and UK tax consequences may differ from one holder
to the next, the discussion set out below does not purport to
describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to
you and your particular situation. Accordingly, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor as to the US federal, state
62
and local, UK and other, including foreign, tax consequences
of investing in the ordinary shares or ADSs. The statements of
US and UK tax law set out below are based on the laws and
interpretations in force as of the date of this Annual Report,
and are subject to any changes occurring after that date.
|
|
|
UK income taxation of distributions |
The United Kingdom does not impose dividend withholding tax on
dividends paid to US holders.
|
|
|
US income taxation of distributions |
Distributions that we make with respect to the ordinary shares
or ADSs, other than distributions in liquidation and
distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as
exchanges, will be taxed to US holders as ordinary dividend
income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our
current and accumulated earnings and profits. The amount of any
distribution will equal the amount of the cash distribution.
Distributions, if any, in excess of our current and accumulated
earnings and profits will constitute a
non-taxable return of
capital to a US holder and will be applied against and reduce
the US holders tax basis in its ordinary shares or ADSs.
To the extent that these distributions exceed the tax basis of
the US holder in its ordinary shares or ADSs, the excess
generally will be treated as capital gain.
Dividends that we pay will not be eligible for the dividends
received deduction generally allowed to US corporations under
Section 243 of the Code.
In the case of distributions in pounds, the amount of the
distributions generally will equal the US dollar value of the
pounds distributed, determined by reference to the spot currency
exchange rate on the date of receipt of the distribution by the
US holder in the case of shares or by The Bank of New York in
the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the US holder reports
income on a cash basis or an accrual basis. The US holder will
realize separate foreign currency gain or loss only to the
extent that this gain or loss arises on the actual disposition
of pounds received. For US holders claiming tax credits on a
cash basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated
into US dollars at the spot rate on the date of the
distribution; for US holders claiming tax credits on an accrual
basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated into
US dollars at the average rate for the taxable year.
A distribution by the Company to noncorporate shareholders
before 2011 will be taxed as net capital gain at a maximum rate
of 15%, provided certain holding periods are met, to the extent
such distribution is treated as a dividend under U.S. federal
income tax principles.
|
|
|
UK income taxation of capital gains |
Under the Income Tax Treaty, each country generally may tax
capital gains in accordance with the provisions of its domestic
law. Under present UK law, a US holder that is not a resident,
and, in the case of an individual, not ordinarily resident, in
the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes and who does not carry on
a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a
branch or agency to which ordinary shares or ADSs are
attributable will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains
or eligible for relief for allowable losses, realized on the
sale or other disposal (including redemption) of these ordinary
shares or ADSs.
|
|
|
US income taxation of capital gains |
Upon a sale or exchange of ordinary shares or ADSs to a person
other than Pearson, a US holder will recognize gain or loss in
an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on
the sale or exchange and the US holders adjusted tax basis
in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss recognized will
be capital gain or loss and will be
long-term capital gain
or loss if the US holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs
for more than one year.
Long-term capital gain
of a noncorporate US holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate
of 15%. This long-term
capital gain rate is scheduled to expire in 2011.
Gain or loss realized by a US holder on the sale or exchange of
ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as
US-source gain or loss
for US foreign tax credit purposes.
63
The current Estate and Gift Tax Convention, or the Convention,
between the United States and the United Kingdom generally
relieves from UK Inheritance Tax (the equivalent of US Estate
and Gift Tax) the transfer of ordinary shares or of ADSs where
the transferor is domiciled in the United States, for the
purposes of the Convention. This relief will not apply if the
ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of an
individuals permanent establishment in the United Kingdom
or pertain to the fixed base in the United Kingdom of a person
providing independent personal services. If no relief is given
under the Convention, inheritance tax may be charged on the
amount by which the value of the transferors estate is
reduced as a result of any transfer made by way of gift or other
gratuitous transfer by an individual, in general within seven
years of death, or on the death of an individual. In the unusual
case where ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK
Inheritance Tax and US Estate or Gift Tax, the Convention
generally provides for tax paid in the United Kingdom to be
credited against tax payable in the United States or for tax
paid in the United States to be credited against tax payable in
the United Kingdom based on priority rules set forth in the
Convention.
No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) will be
payable in the United Kingdom on the purchase or transfer of an
ADS, provided that the ADS, and any separate instrument or
written agreement of transfer, remain at all times outside the
United Kingdom and that the instrument or written agreement of
transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom. Stamp duty or
SDRT is, however, generally payable at the rate of 1.5% of the
amount or value of the consideration or, in some circumstances,
the value of the ordinary shares, where ordinary shares are
issued or transferred to a person whose business is or includes
issuing depositary receipts, or to a nominee or agent for such a
person.
A transfer for value of the underlying ordinary shares will
generally be subject to either stamp duty or SDRT, normally at
the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. A
transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to its beneficial
owner, including the transfer of underlying ordinary shares from
the Depositary to an ADS holder, under which no beneficial
interest passes is subject to stamp duty at the fixed rate of
£5.00 per instrument of transfer.
We believe that the close company provisions of the UK Income
and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 do not apply to us.
Documents on display
Copies of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the
material contracts described above and filed as exhibits to this
Annual Report and certain other documents referred to in this
Annual Report are available for inspection at our registered
office at 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL (c/o the Company
Secretary), or, in the United States, at the registered office
of Pearson Inc. at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 7th Floor, New
York, New York, during usual business hours upon reasonable
prior request.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND
QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Introduction
Our principal market risks are changes in interest rates and
currency exchange rates. Following an evaluation of these
positions, we selectively enter into derivative financial
instruments to manage our risk exposure. For this purpose, we
primarily use interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and
collars, forward rate agreements, currency swaps and forward
foreign exchange contracts. Managing market risks is the
responsibility of the Chief Financial Officer, who acts pursuant
to policies approved by the board of directors. The Audit
Committee receives regular reports on our treasury activities,
and we periodically meet with external advisers to review our
activities.
64
We have a policy of not undertaking any speculative
transactions, and we do not hold our derivative and other
financial instruments for trading purposes.
We have formulated policies for hedging exposures to interest
rate and foreign exchange risk, and have used derivatives to
ensure compliance with these policies. Although the majority of
our derivative contracts were transacted without regard to
existing US GAAP requirements on hedge accounting, during 2006
and 2005 we qualified for hedge accounting under US GAAP on a
number of our key derivative contracts.
The following discussion addresses market risk only and does not
present other risks that we face in the normal course of
business, including country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
Interest rates
The Groups financial exposure to interest rates arises
primarily from its borrowings. The Group manages its exposure by
borrowing at fixed and variable rates of interest, and by
entering into derivative transactions. Objectives approved by
the board concerning the proportion of debt outstanding at fixed
rates govern the use of these financial instruments.
The Groups objectives are applied to core net debt, which
is measured at the year-end and comprises borrowings net of cash
and other liquid funds. Our objective is to maintain a
proportion of forecast core net debt in fixed or capped form for
the next four years, subject to a maximum of 65% and a minimum
that starts at 40% and falls by 10% each year.
The principal method of hedging interest rate risk is to enter
into an agreement with a bank counterparty to pay a fixed-rate
and receive a variable rate, known as a swap. Under interest
rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at
specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and
variable-rate amounts calculated by reference to an agreed
notional principal amount. The majority of the companys
swap contracts are US dollar denominated, and some of them have
deferred start dates, in order to maintain the desired risk
profile as other contracts mature. The variable rates received
are normally based on three-month or six-month LIBOR, and the
dates on which these rates are set do not necessarily exactly
match those of the hedged borrowings. Management believes that
our portfolio of these types of swaps is an efficient hedge of
our portfolio of variable rate borrowings.
In addition, from time to time, the Group issues bonds or other
capital market instruments to refinance existing debt. To avoid
the fixed rate on a single transaction unduly influencing our
overall net interest expense, our practice is to enter into a
related derivative contract effectively converting the interest
rate profile of the bond transaction to a variable interest
rate. In some cases, the bond issue was denominated in a
different currency to the Groups desired borrowing risk
profile and the Group entered into a related cross currency
interest rate swap in order to maintain this risk profile, which
is predominantly borrowings denominated in US dollars.
The Groups accounting objective in its use of interest
rate derivatives is to minimize the impact on the income
statement of changes in the mark-to-market value of its
derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration calculations
to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to movements in
market rates. The Group also identifies which derivatives are
eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which reduces
significantly the income statement impact of changes in the
market value of a derivative). The Group then divides the total
portfolio between
hedge-accounted and
pooled segments, so that the expected movement on the pooled
segment is minimized.
Currency exchange rates
Although the Group is based in the United Kingdom, it has
significant investments in overseas operations. The most
significant currency in which the Group trades is the US dollar.
The Groups policy is to align approximately the currency
composition of its core net borrowings with its forecast
operating profit (from February 2007, the policy is amended
slightly to align core net borrowings with forecast operating
profit before depreciation and amortization). This policy aims
to dampen the impact of
65
changes in foreign exchange rates on consolidated interest cover
and earnings. This policy applies only to currencies that
account for more than 15% of group operating profit, which
currently is only the US dollar. However, the Group still
borrows small amounts in other currencies, typically for
seasonal working capital needs. In addition, the Group currently
expects to hold its legacy borrowings in euros and sterling to
their maturity dates: the Groups policy does not require
existing currency debt to be terminated to match declines in
that currencys share of group operating profit. At
December 31, 2006 the Groups net borrowings/(cash) in
our main currencies (taking into account the effect of cross
currency rate swaps) were: US dollar £979m, euro £158m
and sterling £30m.
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative
instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that
gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains
on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the
value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in
the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made
whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment
hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken
to reserves) for the purposes of reporting under IFRS and US
GAAP.
Investments in overseas operations are consolidated for
accounting purposes by translating values in one currency to
another currency, in particular from US dollars to sterling.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates affect the currency
values recorded in our accounts, although they do not give rise
to any realized gain or loss, nor to any currency cash flows.
The Group is also exposed to currency exchange rates in its cash
transactions and its investments in overseas operations. Cash
transactions typically for purchases, sales,
interest or dividends require cash conversions
between currencies. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates
affect the cash amounts that the Group pays or receives.
Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts where a
specific major project or forecasted cash flow, including
acquisitions and disposals, arises from a business decision that
has used a specific foreign exchange rate. The Groups
policy is to effect routine transactional conversions between
currencies, for example to collect receivables or settle
payables, at the relevant spot exchange rate.
The Group seeks to offset purchases and sales in the same
currency, even if they do not occur simultaneously. In addition,
its debt and cash portfolios management gives rise to temporary
currency shortfalls and surpluses. Both of these activities
require using
short-dated foreign
exchange swaps between currencies.
Although the Group prepares its consolidated financial
statements in sterling, significant sums have been invested in
overseas assets, particularly in the United States. Therefore,
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between
the US dollar and sterling, and to a lesser extent between the
euro and sterling, are likely to affect shareholders funds
and other accounting values.
Derivatives
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the Group is required to record all
derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value.
Derivatives not classified as hedges are adjusted to fair value
through earnings. Changes in fair value of the derivatives that
the Group has designated and that qualify as effective hedges
are recorded in either other comprehensive income or earnings.
Any ineffective portion of derivatives that are classified as
hedges is immediately recognized in earnings.
In 2006 and 2005 the Group met the prescribed designation
requirements and hedge effectiveness tests under US GAAP for
some of its derivative contracts. As a result, the movements in
the fair value of the effective portion of fair value hedges and
net investment hedges have been offset in earnings and other
comprehensive income respectively by the corresponding movement
in the fair value of the underlying hedged item.
66
In line with the Groups treasury policy, none of these
instruments were considered trading instruments and each
instrument was transacted solely to match an underlying
financial exposure.
|
|
|
Quantitative information about market risk |
The sensitivity of the Groups derivative portfolio to
changes in interest rates is found in note 16 to the
financial statements.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF
SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND
ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
None.
|
|
ITEM 14. |
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS
AND USE OF PROCEEDS |
None.
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND
PROCEDURES
Disclosure controls and procedures
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2006 was carried out by us under the
supervision and with the participation of our management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer. Based on that evaluation the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Pearsons
disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to
provide, and are effective in providing, reasonable assurance
that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports
filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commissions
rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to management, including the principal executive
and financial officers, as appropriate to allow such timely
decision regarding required disclosures. A controls system, no
matter how well designed and operated cannot provide absolute
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if
any, within a company have been detected, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to management,
including the principal executive and principal financial
officers, as appropriate, to allow such timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Managements annual report on internal control over
financial reporting
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial
reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
IFRS, including the reconciliations required under US GAAP.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, as at December 31, 2006, and has
concluded that such internal control over financial reporting
was effective.
67
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated
financial statements of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 2006, has also audited managements
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting and the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting under Auditing
Standard No. 2 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Their audit report is included under
Item 17. Financial Statements page F-2.
Change in internal control over financial reporting
During the period covered by this Annual Report on
Form 20-F, Pearson
has made no changes to its internal control over financial
reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely
to materially affect Pearsons internal control over
financial reporting.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE
FINANCIAL EXPERT
The members of the Board of Directors of Pearson plc have
determined that Vernon Sankey was an audit committee financial
expert within the meaning of the applicable rules and
regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission for the
period until April 21, 2006. The members of the Board of
Directors of Pearson plc have determined that Ken Hydon is an
audit committee financial expert, for subsequent periods.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF
ETHICS
Pearson has adopted a code of ethics (the Pearson code of
business conduct) which applies to all employees including the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and other
senior financial management. This code of ethics is available on
our website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm). The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference into
this report.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
In 2003, the audit committee adopted a revised policy for
external auditor services. The policy requires all audit
engagements undertaken by our external auditors,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, to be approved by the audit
committee. The policy permits the auditors to be engaged for
other services provided the engagement is specifically approved
in advance by the committee or alternatively meets the detailed
criteria of specific pre-approved services and is notified to
the committee.
The Group Chief Financial Officer can procure pre-approved
services, as defined in the audit committees policy for
auditor services, of up to an amount of £100,000 per
engagement, subject to a cumulative limit of £500,000 per
year. The limit of £100,000 will be subject to annual
review by the audit committee. Where pre-approval has not been
granted for a service or where the amount is above these limits,
specific case by case approval must be obtained from the audit
committee prior to the engagement of our auditor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auditors Remuneration |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Audit fees
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Audit-related fees
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax fees
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
All other fees
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
68
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE
LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 16E. |
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND
AFFILIATED PURCHASES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
number | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of | |
|
of shares that | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
units purchased | |
|
may yet be | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
as part of publicly | |
|
purchased under | |
|
|
Total number of | |
|
Average price | |
|
announced plans | |
|
the plans or | |
Period |
|
shares purchased | |
|
paid per share | |
|
or programs | |
|
programs | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
March 1, 2006 - March 31, 2006
|
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
|
£ 7.40 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
May 1, 2006 - May 31, 2006
|
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
|
£ 7.67 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
August 1, 2006 - August 31, 2006
|
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
|
£ 7.43 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
December 1, 2006 - December 31, 2006
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
|
|
£ 7.73 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Purchases of shares were made to satisfy obligations under
Pearson employee share award programs. All purchases were made
in open-market transactions. None of the foregoing share
purchases was made as part of a publicly announced plan or
program.
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through F-79 hereof.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
We have elected to respond to Item 17.
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Pearson plc. |
2.1
|
|
Indenture dated June 23, 2003 between Pearson plc and The Bank
of New York, as trustee. |
2.2
|
|
Indenture dated May 25, 2004 among Pearson Dollar Finance plc,
as Issuer, Pearson plc, Guarantor, and the Bank of New York, as
Trustee, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent.# |
4.1
|
|
Letter Agreement dated January 28, 2005 between Pearson plc and
Peter Jovanovich.# |
8.1
|
|
List of Significant Subsidiaries. |
12.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
12.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
13.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
13.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
15
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
|
|
|
Incorporated by reference from the
Form 20-F of
Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2003 and filed
May 7, 2004. |
|
|
# |
Incorporated by reference from the
Form 20-F of
Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2004 and filed
June 27, 2005. |
69
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
Statement of Recognized Income and Expense for the year ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Staetments
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pearson plc
We have completed an integrated audit of Pearson plcs
December 31, 2006 consolidated financial statements and of
its internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006 and an audit of its December 31,
2005 and December 31, 2004 consolidated financial
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our
opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated income statements
and the related consolidated balance sheets, consolidated
statements of cash flows and, consolidated statements of
recognised income and expense present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Pearson plc and its
subsidiaries (the Group) at December 31, 2006
and 2005 and the results of their operations and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2006, in conformity with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Groups
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these financial statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 1, the Group adopted International
Accounting Standard (IAS) 32 Financial
Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation, and IAS 39
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,
prospectively from 1 January 2005. As discussed in
Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements, during
the year ended December 31, 2006, the Group reclassified
investment in pre-publication assets from cash used in investing
activities to cash generated from operations.
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union vary in certain
significant respects from accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America. Information relating
to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in
Note 36 to the consolidated financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, managements assessment, included in
Managements annual report on internal control over
financial reporting as set out in Item 15. Controls
and Procedures, that the Company maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO),
is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those
criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Group maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the COSO. The Groups management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is
to express opinions on managements assessment and on the
effectiveness of the Groups internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An
audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, evaluating managements assessment,
F-2
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting standards and principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting standards and principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London
United Kingdom
April 30, 2007
F-3
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(1,917 |
) |
|
|
(1,787 |
) |
|
|
(1,631 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,220 |
|
|
|
2,021 |
|
|
|
1,848 |
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(1,704 |
) |
|
|
(1,559 |
) |
|
|
(1,483 |
) |
Other net gains and losses
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
382 |
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
(96 |
) |
Finance income
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
303 |
|
Income tax
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing and
discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of
the Company during the year
(expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
55.9p |
|
|
|
78.2p |
|
|
|
32.9p |
|
diluted
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
55.8p |
|
|
|
78.1p |
|
|
|
32.9p |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations
attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the
year (expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
54.1p |
|
|
|
38.9p |
|
|
|
29.0p |
|
diluted
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
54.0p |
|
|
|
38.8p |
|
|
|
29.0p |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
(417 |
) |
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit pension and
post-retirement medical plans
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(61 |
) |
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(298 |
) |
|
|
365 |
|
|
|
(255 |
) |
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised income and expense for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
1,009 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
989 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
384 |
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
3,581 |
|
|
|
3,854 |
|
Investments in joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
Other financial assets
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,543 |
|
|
|
4,864 |
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
402 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
373 |
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
953 |
|
|
|
1,031 |
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Financial assets Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,376 |
|
|
|
2,736 |
|
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,670 |
|
|
|
2,736 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,213 |
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilitiesBorrowings
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(1,148 |
) |
|
|
(1,703 |
) |
Financial liabilitiesDerivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
(250 |
) |
|
|
(389 |
) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(31 |
) |
Other liabilities
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
(162 |
) |
|
|
(151 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,853 |
) |
|
|
(2,500 |
) |
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
(998 |
) |
|
|
(974 |
) |
Financial liabilitiesBorrowings
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(595 |
) |
|
|
(256 |
) |
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(104 |
) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,690 |
) |
|
|
(1,367 |
) |
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets
classified as held for sale
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,569 |
) |
|
|
(3,867 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,644 |
|
|
|
3,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
Share premium
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
2,487 |
|
|
|
2,477 |
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
(153 |
) |
Other reserves
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
(592 |
) |
|
|
(175 |
) |
Retained earnings
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
1,568 |
|
|
|
1,214 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,476 |
|
|
|
3,564 |
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
Total equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,644 |
|
|
|
3,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These financial statements have been approved for issue by the
board of directors on 9 March 2007 and signed on its behalf by
Robin Freestone, Chief financial officer
F-6
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2006
(All figures in £ millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash generated from operations
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
653 |
|
|
|
524 |
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
(98 |
) |
Tax paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
(65 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
456 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
(246 |
) |
|
|
(41 |
) |
Acquisition of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (PPE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
(101 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of PPE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
Purchase of other financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Disposal of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Disposal of other financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
Interest received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(377 |
) |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
473 |
|
Short-term investments required
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
Liquid resources acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(145 |
) |
|
|
(79 |
) |
|
|
(524 |
) |
Finance lease principal payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
Dividends paid to Companys shareholders
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(205 |
) |
|
|
(195 |
) |
Dividends paid to minority interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(348 |
) |
|
|
(321 |
) |
|
|
(261 |
) |
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313 |
) |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
544 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
General information
Pearson plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together the
Group)are involved in the provision of information for the
educational sector, consumer publishing and business information.
The Company is a limited liability company incorporated and
domiciled in England. The address of its registered office is 80
Strand, London WC2R 0RL.
The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange
but is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue
by the board of directors on 9 March 2007.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of
these consolidated financial statements are set out below.
a. Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with EU-adopted International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and International Financial Reporting
Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations and with
those parts of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies
reporting under IFRS. The Group transitioned from UK GAAP to
IFRS on 1 January 2003.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under
the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of
financial assets and liabilities (including derivative
instruments) at fair value.
(1) Interpretations and amendments to published
standards effective in 2006 The following
amendments and interpretations to standards are mandatory for
the Groups accounting periods beginning on or after 1
January 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Currency; |
|
|
|
IAS 39 (Amendment) Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast
Intragroup Transactions; |
|
|
|
IAS 39 (Amendment) The Fair Value Option; |
|
|
|
IAS 39 and IFRS 4 (Amendment) Financial Guarantee
Contracts; |
|
|
|
IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral
Resources; |
|
|
|
IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a
Lease; |
|
|
|
IFRIC 5 Rights to Interests arising from Decommissioning,
Restoration and Environmental Rehabilitation Funds; |
|
|
|
IFRIC 6 Liabilities arising from Participating in a
Specific Market Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment. |
Management assessed the relevance of these amendments and
interpretations with respect to the Groups operations and
concluded that they are not relevant or material to the Group.
(2) Standards, interpretations and amendments to
published standards that are not yet effective
Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to
existing standards have been published that are
F-8
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
mandatory for the Groups accounting periods beginning on
or after 1 January 2007 or later periods. The Group has not
early adopted any of the new pronouncements which are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures (effective
from 1 January 2007). IFRS 7 introduces new disclosures of
qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks
arising from financial instruments, including specific minimum
disclosures about credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. |
|
|
|
A complementary amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements Capital
Disclosures(effective from 1 January 2007). The
amendment to IAS 1 introduces disclosures about the level and
the management of the capital of an entity. |
|
|
|
IFRS 8 Operating Segments (effective 1 January
2009). IFRS 8 requires an entity to adopt the management
approach to reporting on the financial performance of its
operating segments, revise explanations of the basis on which
the segment information is prepared and provide reconciliations
to the amounts recognised in the income statement and balance
sheet. |
|
|
|
Management is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 7,
IFRS 8 and the complementary amendment to IAS 1 on the
Groups financial statements. |
In addition, management has assessed the relevance of the
following amendments and interpretations with respect to the
Groups operations:
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2 (effective for annual
periods beginning on or after 1 May 2006). IFRIC 8 requires
consideration of transactions involving the issuance of equity
instruments where the identifiable consideration
received is less than the fair value of the equity instruments
issued to establish whether or not they fall within
the scope of IFRS 2. The Group will apply IFRIC 8 from
1 January 2007, but it is not expected to have any impact
on the Groups accounts; |
|
|
|
IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after
1 November 2006). IFRIC 10 prohibits impairment losses
recognised in an interim period on goodwill, investments in
equity instruments and investments in financial assets carried
at cost to be reversed at a subsequent balance sheet date. The
Group will apply IFRIC 10 from 1 January 2007; |
|
|
|
IFRIC 7 Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29
Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary
Economies(effective for annual reporting periods beginning
on or after 1 March 2006). IFRIC 7 provides guidance on how
to apply the requirements of IAS 29 in a reporting period in
which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in
the economy of its functional currency, when the economy was not
hyperinflationary in the prior period. As none of the Group
entities have a currency of a hyperinflationary economy as their
functional currency, IFRIC 7 is not relevant to the Groups
operations; and |
|
|
|
IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 June
2006). IFRIC 9 requires an entity to assess whether an embedded
derivative is required to be separated from the host contract
and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes
a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited
unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that
significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be
required under the contract, in which case reassessment is
required. The Group does not expect IFRIC 9 to have a material
impact. |
(3) Critical accounting assumptions and
judgements The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain
critical accounting assumptions. It also requires management to
exercise its judgement in the process of applying the
Groups accounting policies. The areas requiring a higher
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions
and estimates are significant to the
F-9
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
consolidated financial statements, are discussed in the relevant
accounting policies under the following headings:
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
Goodwill |
Intangible assets:
|
|
Pre-publication assets |
Royalty advances
|
|
|
Taxation
|
|
|
Employee benefits:
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations |
Revenue recognition.
|
|
|
(1) Business combinations The purchase
method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of
subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition is
measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity
instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the
date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the
acquisition. Identifiable assets and contingent assets acquired
and identifiable liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed
in a business combination are measured initially at their fair
values at the acquisition date. For material acquisitions, the
fair value of the acquired intangible assets is determined by an
external, independent valuer. The excess of the cost of
acquisition over the fair value of the Groups share of the
identifiable net assets acquired, after the identification of
purchased intangible assets, is recorded as goodwill. See
note 1e(1) for the accounting policy on goodwill.
(2) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are
entities over which the Group has the power to govern the
financial and operating policies generally accompanying a
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from
the date that control ceases.
(3) Joint ventures and associates Joint
ventures are entities in which the Group holds an interest on a
long-term basis and which are jointly controlled, with one or
more other venturers, under a contractual arrangement.
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant
influence but not the power to control the financial and
operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of
between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in joint
ventures and associates are accounted for by the equity method
and are initially recognised at cost. The Groups
investment in associates includes related goodwill.
The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates post-acquisition profits or losses is
recognised in the income statement, and its share of
post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in
reserves. The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates results is recognised as a component of
operating profit as these operations form part of the core
publishing business of the Group and an integral part of
existing wholly owned businesses. The cumulative
post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying
amount of the investment. When the Groups share of losses
in a joint venture or associate equals or exceeds its interest
in the joint venture or associate, the Group does not recognise
further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or
made payments on behalf of the joint venture or associate.
|
|
c. |
Foreign currency translation |
(1) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the
Groups entities are measured using the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the
functional currency). The consolidated financial
statements are presented in sterling, which is the
Companys functional and presentation currency.
(2) Transactions and balances Foreign
currency transactions are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at
year end exchange rates of
F-10
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies, are recognised in the income statement, except when
deferred in equity as qualifying net investment hedges.
Translation differences on other non-monetary items such as
equities held at fair value are reported as part of the fair
value gain or loss through the income statement. Fair value
adjustments on non-monetary items such as equities classified as
available for sale financial assets, are included in the fair
value reserve in equity.
(3) Group companies The results and
financial position of all Group companies that have a functional
currency different from the presentation currency are translated
into the presentation currency as follows:
|
|
|
i) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing
rate at the date of the balance sheet; |
|
|
ii) income and expenses are translated at average exchange
rates; |
|
|
iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a
separate component of equity. |
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the
translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of
borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges
of such investments, are taken to shareholders equity. The
Group treats specific inter-company loan balances, which are not
intended to be repaid in the foreseeable future, as part of its
net investment. When a foreign entity is sold, such exchange
differences are recognised in the income statement as part of
the gain or loss on sale.
At the date of transition to IFRS the cumulative translation
differences for foreign operations have been deemed to be zero.
Any gains and losses on disposals of foreign operations will
exclude translation differences arising prior to the transition
date.
The principal overseas currency for the Group is the US dollar.
The average rate for the year against sterling was $1.84 (2005:
$1.81) and the year end rate was $1.96 (2005: $1.72).
d. Property, plant and
equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less
depreciation. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other
assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate
their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful
lives as follows:
|
|
|
Buildings (freehold): 20-50 years |
|
|
Buildings (leasehold): 50 years (or over the period of the
lease if shorter) |
|
|
Plant and equipment: 3-20 years |
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed,
and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
The carrying value of an asset is written down to its
recoverable amount if the carrying value of the asset is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
e. Intangible assets
(1) Goodwill Goodwill represents the
excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the
Groups share of the net identifiable assets of the
acquired subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in
intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is
included in investments in associates. Goodwill is tested
annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated
impairment losses. The recoverable amounts of cash generating
units have been determined based on value in use calculations.
These calculations require the use of estimates (see
note 12). Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units
for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to
those cash
F-11
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
generating units that are expected to benefit from the business
combination in which the goodwill arose. Gains and losses on the
disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill
relating to the entity sold. IFRS 3 Business
Combinations has not been applied retrospectively to
business combinations before the date of transition to IFRS.
Subject to the transition adjustments to IFRS required by
IFRS 1, the accounting for business combinations before the
date of transition has been grandfathered.
(2) Acquired software Software
separately acquired for internal use is capitalised at cost.
Software acquired in material business combinations is
capitalised at its fair value as determined by an independent
valuer. Acquired software is amortised on a straight line basis
over its estimated useful life of between three and five years.
(3) Internally developed software
Internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary
stage of developing computer software for internal use are
expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs incurred to
develop computer software for internal use during the
application development stage are capitalised if the Group
expects economic benefits from the development. Capitalisation
in the application development stage begins once the Group can
reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the software
development and has demonstrated its intention to complete and
use the software. Internally developed software is amortised on
a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of between
three and five years.
(4) Acquired intangible assets Acquired
intangible assets comprise publishing rights, customer lists and
relationships, technology, trade names and trademarks. These
assets are capitalised on acquisition at cost and included in
intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in material
business combinations are capitalised at their fair value as
determined by an independent valuer. Intangible assets are
amortised over their estimated useful lives of between two and
20 years, using a depreciation method that reflects the
pattern of their consumption.
(5) Pre-publication assets
Pre-publication costs represent direct costs incurred in the
development of educational programmes and titles prior to their
publication. These costs are recognised as current intangible
assets where the title will generate probable future economic
benefits within their normal operating cycle and costs can be
measured reliably. Pre-publication assets are amortised upon
publication of the title over estimated economic lives of five
years or less, being the estimated expected operating life cycle
of the title, with a higher proportion of the amortisation taken
in the earlier years. The investment in pre-publication assets
has been disclosed as part of the cash generated from operations
in the cash flow statement(see note 31).
The assessment of the recoverability of pre-publication asset
and the determination of the amortisation profile involve a
significant degree of judgement based on historical trends and
management estimation of future potential sales. An incorrect
amortisation profile could result in excess amounts being
carried forward as intangible assets that would otherwise have
been written off to the income statement in an earlier period.
Reviews are performed regularly to estimate recoverability of
pre-publication assets. The carrying amount of pre-publication
assets is set out in note 17.
|
|
|
f. Other financial assets |
Other financial assets, designated as available for sale
investments, are non-derivative financial assets measured at
estimated fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded in
equity in the fair value reserve. On the subsequent disposal of
the asset, the net fair value gains or losses are taken through
the income statement.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable
value. Cost is determined using the first in first out
(FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods and work in
progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct
costs and related production overheads. Net realisable value is
the estimated selling price
F-12
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs
necessary to make the sale. Provisions are made for slow moving
and obsolete stock.
h. Royalty advances
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and
other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision
required to adjust the advance to its net realisable value. The
realisable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of
management judgement in determining the profitability of
individual author contracts. If the estimated realisable value
of author contracts is overstated then this will have an adverse
effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be
written off. The recoverability of royalty advances is based
upon an annual detailed management review of the age of the
advance, the future sales projections for new authors and prior
sales history of repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed
at the contracted or effective royalty rate as the related
revenues are earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed
within one year are held in current assets. Royalty advances
which will be consumed after one year are held in non-current
assets.
i. Newspaper development
costs
Investment in the development of newspaper titles consists of
measures to increase the volume and geographical spread of
circulation. The measures include additional and enhanced
editorial content, extended distribution and remote printing.
These cost are expensed as incurred as they do not meet the
criteria under IAS 38 to be capitalised as intangible assets.
j. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement include
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are
included in borrowings in current liabilities in the balance
sheet.
k. Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of
tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Companys equity
share capital (Treasury shares) the consideration paid,
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of
income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the
Companys equity holders until the shares are cancelled,
reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold
or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly
attributable incremental transaction costs and the related
income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the
Companys equity holders.
l. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, which is
proceeds received net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings
are subsequently stated at amortised cost with any difference
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the
redemption value being recognised in the income statement over
the period of the borrowings using the effective interest
method. Accrued interest is included as part of borrowings.
Where a debt instrument is in a fair value hedging relationship,
an adjustment is made to its carrying value to reflect the
hedged risk. Interest on borrowings is expensed as incurred.
F-13
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
m. Derivative financial
instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date
of transition to IAS 39(1 January 2005)or, if later, on the date
a derivative is entered into. Derivatives are subsequently
remeasured at their fair value. The fair value of derivatives
has been determined by using market data and the use of
established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow
and option valuation models. The Group designates certain of the
derivative instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the
fair value of its bonds(fair value hedges) or hedges of net
investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges).
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and
qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income
statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged
risk.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment
hedges are recognised in equity. Gains and losses accumulated in
equity are included in the income statement when the
corresponding foreign operation is disposed of. Gains or losses
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised immediately
in finance income or finance costs in the income statement.
Certain derivatives do not qualify or are not designated as
hedging instruments. Such derivatives are classified at fair
value and any movement in their fair value is recognised in
finance income or finance costs in the income statement
immediately.
n. Taxation
Current tax is recognised on the amounts expected to be paid or
recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Deferred income tax
is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the
deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries other than where it is intended that
those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the
foreseeable future.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the income statement,
except when the tax relates to items charged or credited
directly to equity, in which case the tax is also recognised in
equity.
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions.
Significant judgement is required in determining the estimates
in relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There
are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate
tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of
business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax
audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will
be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such
differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement
in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular,
significant judgement is used when assessing the extent to which
deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration
given to the timing and level of future taxable income together
with any future tax planning strategies.
F-14
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
o. Employee benefits
(1) Retirement benefit obligations The
liability in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the
present value of the defined benefit obligations at the balance
sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined
benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent
actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present
value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by
discounting estimated future cash flows using yields on high
quality corporate bonds which have terms to maturity
approximating the terms of the related liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit
obligation of the Groups defined benefit pension schemes
depends on the selection of certain assumptions, which include
the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth, longevity and
expected return on scheme assets. Differences arising from
actual experience or future changes in assumptions will be
reflected in subsequent periods (actuarial gains and losses).
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between
actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience
adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions
are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income
and expense.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year,
is included in the income statement as an operating cost. The
unwinding of the discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the
expected return on scheme asset are presented as finance costs
or finance income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension
plans are recognised as an operating expense in the income
statement as incurred.
(2) Other post-retirement obligations
The Group provides certain healthcare and life assurance
benefits. The principal plans are unfunded. The expected costs
of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment,
using an accounting methodology which is the same as that for
defined benefit pension plans. The liabilities and costs
relating to other post-retirement obligations are assessed
annually by independent qualified actuaries.
(3) Share-based payments The Group has a
number of employee option and share plans. The fair value of
options or shares granted is recognised as an employee expense
after taking into account the Groups best estimate of the
number of awards expected to vest. Fair value is measured at the
date of grant and is spread over the vesting period of the
option or share. The fair value of the options granted is
measured using whichever of the Black-Scholes, Binomial and
Monte Carlo model is most appropriate to the award. The fair
value of shares awarded is measured using the share price at the
date of grant unless another method is more appropriate. Any
proceeds received are credited to share capital and share
premium when the options are exercised. The Group has applied
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment retrospectively to all
options granted but not fully vested at the date of transition
to IFRS.
p. Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is more
likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to
settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.
Provisions are discounted to present value where the effect is
material.
The Group recognises a provision for deferred consideration in
the period that an acquisition is made and the Group becomes
legally committed to making the payment.
The Group recognises a provision fore integration and
reorganisation costs in the period in which the Group becomes
legally or constructively committed to making the payment.
The Group recognises a provision for onerous lease contracts
when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are
less than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under
the contract. The
F-15
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
provision is based on the present value of future payments for
surplus leased properties under non-cancellable operating
leases, net of estimated sub-leasing revenue.
q. Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received
or receivable for the sale of goods and services net of
value-added tax and other sales taxes, rebates and discounts,
and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is
recognised as follows:
Revenue from the sale of books is recognised when title passes.
A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on
historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect
actual returns in future periods then revenues could be
understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognised when the
newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription
revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of
the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more elements
that can be provided to customers either on a stand-alone basis
or as an optional extra and fair value exists for each separate
element, such as the provision of supplementary materials with
textbooks, revenue in such multiple element arrangements is
recognised when each product has been delivered and all other
relevant revenue recognition criteria are achieved.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as
contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions
and government departments, is recognised as performance occurs.
The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent in long-term
contract accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue
and related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements,
either as a result of a single service spanning more than one
reporting period or where the contract requires the provision of
a number of services that together constitute a single project,
are treated as long-term contracts with revenue recognised on a
percentage of completion basis. Losses on contracts are
recognised in the period in which the loss first becomes
foreseeable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by
which estimated total costs of the contract exceed the estimated
total revenues that will be generated by the contract.
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only
commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are
recognised as revenue. Any third party costs incurred on behalf
of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual
arrangement are not included in revenue.
Income from recharges of freight and other activities which are
incidental to the normal revenue generating activities is
included in other income.
r. Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are
classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at
the commencement of the lease at the lower of the fair value of
the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability
and finance charges to achieve a constant rate on the finance
balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net
of finance charges, are included in financial
liabilities borrowings. The interest element of the
finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease
period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The
property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is
depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or
the lease term.
Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of
ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating
leases by the lessee. Payments made under operating leases (net
of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the
income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the
lease.
F-16
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
s. Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the Groups financial statements
in the period in which they are approved by the Companys
shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in
which they are approved and paid.
t. Non-current assets held for
sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets are classified as assets held for sale and
stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs
to sell if it is intended to recover their carrying amount
principally through a sale transaction rather than through
continuing use. No depreciation is charged in respect of
non-current assets classified as held for sale. Amounts relating
to non-current assets held for sale are classified as
discontinued operations in the income statement.
u. Trade receivables
Trade receivables are stated at fair value less provision for
bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns (see
also note 1q).
2 Segment information
Due to the differing risks and rewards associated with each
business segment and the different customer focus of each
segment, the Groups primary segment reporting format is by
business. The Group is organised into the following five
business segments:
School publisher, provider of testing and
software services for primary and secondary schools;
Higher Education publisher of textbooks and
related course materials for colleges and universities;
Penguin publisher with brand imprints such as
Penguin, Putnam, Berkley, Viking, Dorling Kindersley;
FT Publishing publisher of the Financial
Times, other business newspapers, magazines and specialist
information;
Interactive Data Corporation (IDC) provider
of financial and business information to financial institutions
and retail investors.
The remaining business group, Professional, brings together a
number of education publishing, testing and services businesses
that publish texts, reference and interactive products for
industry professionals and does not meet the criteria for
classification as a segment under IFRS. For more
detail on the services and products included in each business
segment refer to the Business Review.
F-17
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Primary reporting format business segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
Notes | |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Corporate | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516 |
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(133 |
) |
Finance income
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
540 |
|
Adjustment to goodwill on recognition of pre-acquisition
deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
Other net gains and losses of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
1,347 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
954 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
703 |
|
|
|
6,899 |
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
1,347 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
703 |
|
|
|
6,919 |
|
Assets discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
1,347 |
|
|
|
874 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
703 |
|
|
|
7,213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(662 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
(177 |
) |
|
|
(269 |
) |
|
|
(300 |
) |
|
|
(131 |
) |
|
|
(1,762 |
) |
|
|
(3,569 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
11, 12, 17 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
319 |
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
12, 17 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
Notes | |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Corporate | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,295 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
502 |
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132 |
) |
Finance income
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516 |
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Other net gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,347 |
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
1,179 |
|
|
|
960 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
|
7,564 |
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,359 |
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
1,179 |
|
|
|
962 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(557 |
) |
|
|
(341 |
) |
|
|
(263 |
) |
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
|
(336 |
) |
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
(1,981 |
) |
|
|
(3,867 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
11, 12, 17 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
320 |
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
12, 17 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Higher | |
|
|
|
|
|
FT | |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
Notes | |
|
School | |
|
Education | |
|
Professional | |
|
Penguin | |
|
Publishing | |
|
IDC | |
|
Corporate | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,087 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit before joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
374 |
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
Finance income
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation to adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
382 |
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Other net gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,860 |
|
|
|
1,224 |
|
|
|
1,345 |
|
|
|
892 |
|
|
|
502 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
|
6,531 |
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
Associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,872 |
|
|
|
1,224 |
|
|
|
1,345 |
|
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
532 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
|
6,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(439 |
) |
|
|
(286 |
) |
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
(259 |
) |
|
|
(435 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
(1,823 |
) |
|
|
(3,564 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
11, 12, 17 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308 |
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
12, 17 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2006, sales from the provision of goods were £3,117m
(2005: £2,956m; 2004: 2,787m) and sales from the provision
of services were £1,020m (2005: £852m; 2004: 692m).
Sales from the Groups educational publishing, consumer
publishing and newspaper business are classified as being from
the provision of goods and sales from its assessment and
testing, marketpricing, corporate training and management
service businesses are classified as being from the provision of
services.
Corporate costs are allocated to business segments on an
appropriate basis depending on the nature of the cost and
therefore the segment result is equal to the Group operating
profit. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arms
length basis. Segment assets consist primarily of property,
plant and equipment, intangible assets, inventories, receivables
and deferred taxation and exclude cash and cash equivalents and
derivative assets. Segment liabilities comprise operating
liabilities and exclude borrowings and derivative liabilities.
Corporate assets and liabilities comprise cash and cash
equivalents, marketable securities, borrowings and derivative
financial instruments. Capital expenditure comprises additions
to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets,
including pre-publication but excluding goodwill (see
notes 11, 12 and 17).
F-20
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets acquired
through business combinations were £173m (2005: £111m;
2004: £16m) (see notes 11, 12 and 17). Capital
expenditure, depreciation and amortisation include amounts
relating to discontinued operations. In April 2005, Pearson sold
its 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Communicación S.A..
This operation is disclosed as a discontinued operation in 2005
(see note 3). In December 2006 Pearson announced its
intention to sell Pearson Government Solutions. This operation
is disclosed as a discontinued operation (see note 3) and
the assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale (see
note 29).
Secondary reporting format geographic segments
The Groups business segments are managed on a worldwide
basis and operate in the following main geographic areas:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales | |
|
Total assets | |
|
Capital expenditure | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
European countries
|
|
|
1,089 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
|
1,608 |
|
|
|
1,711 |
|
|
|
1,112 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
North America
|
|
|
2,642 |
|
|
|
2,451 |
|
|
|
2,309 |
|
|
|
4,908 |
|
|
|
5,476 |
|
|
|
4,716 |
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Other countries
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,137 |
|
|
|
3,808 |
|
|
|
3,479 |
|
|
|
6,899 |
|
|
|
7,564 |
|
|
|
6,173 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
European countries
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
North America
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
Joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,423 |
|
|
|
4,123 |
|
|
|
3,886 |
|
|
|
7,213 |
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
|
|
6,578 |
|
|
|
319 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales are allocated based on the country in which the customer
is located. This does not differ materially from the location
where the order is received.
F-21
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
3 |
Discontinued operations |
On 11 December 2006, Pearson announced that it had agreed to
sell Pearson Government Solutions to Veritas Capital, a private
equity firm. This operation is disclosed as discontinued and the
assets and liabilities of Pearson Government Solutions have been
reclassified to non-current assets held for sale (see
notes 29 and 35).
Discontinued operations in 2005 also relate to the sale of
Pearsons 79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de
Communicación S.A..
An analysis of the results and cash flows of discontinued
operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson | |
|
Pearson | |
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government | |
|
Government | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
Government | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
Solutions | |
|
Solutions | |
|
Recoletos | |
|
Total | |
|
Solutions | |
|
Recoletos | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Sales
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit/(loss)
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
Net finance income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit/(loss) before tax
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax (expense)/benefit
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit/(loss) after tax
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
Other net gains and losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Profit on sale of interest in MarketWatch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other net gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other net gains and losses represent profits and losses on the
sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and other
financial assets that are included within continuing operations.
F-22
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
By function:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,917 |
|
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
|
1,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
226 |
|
Administrative and other expenses
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
|
1,559 |
|
|
|
1,483 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,621 |
|
|
|
3,346 |
|
|
|
3,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
By nature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilisation of inventory
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
699 |
|
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
Amortisation of intangible assets pre-publication
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
Amortisation of intangible assets other
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
|
|
|
1,177 |
|
|
|
1,074 |
|
Operating lease rentals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
Other property costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
Royalties expensed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
Advertising, promotion and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
171 |
|
Information technology costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
Other costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
383 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,621 |
|
|
|
3,346 |
|
|
|
3,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year the Group obtained the following services from
the Groups auditor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Audit services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees payable to the Companys auditor for the audit of
parent company and consolidated accounts
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Non-audit services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees payable to the Companys auditor and its associates
for other services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The audit of the Companys subsidiaries
pursuant to legislation
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Other services pursuant to legislation
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax services
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Services relating to corporate finance transactions
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
All other services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other services pursuant to legislation represents
fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings
or engagements that are required to be carried out by the
appointed auditor. In particular, this includes fees for reports
under section 404 (S-404) of the US Public Company
Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002
(Sarbanes-Oxley) which are required for the first time in 2006.
Services relating to corporate finance transactions
relate to a carve-out audit of Pearson Government Solutions in
2006. In 2005 this largely related to due diligence work at IDC.
All other services in 2005 relate to IFRS transition
work and Sarbanes-Oxley section 404 compliance services.
Audit fees in relation to the IDC SEC filings have been entirely
included in The audit of the Companys subsidiaries
pursuant to legislation. The audit fee relates to an
integrated S-404 review and audit in which the audit work takes
leverage from the results of S-404 testing. The fees for the
S-404 review and the audit are not separate, therefore no IDC
fees have been included in Other services pursuant to
legislation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and salaries (including termination benefits and
restructuring costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,080 |
|
|
|
993 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
Social security costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Pension costs defined contribution plans
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
Pension costs defined benefit plans
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Other post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,280 |
|
|
|
1,177 |
|
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The details of the emoluments of the directors of Pearson plc
are shown in Item 6 of this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Average number employed) | |
School
|
|
|
11,064 |
|
|
|
10,133 |
|
|
|
10,403 |
|
Higher Education
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
|
|
4,196 |
|
|
|
4,087 |
|
Professional
|
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
3,809 |
|
|
|
3,368 |
|
Penguin
|
|
|
3,943 |
|
|
|
4,051 |
|
|
|
4,085 |
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,285 |
|
|
|
1,952 |
|
|
|
1,989 |
|
IDC
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
|
|
1,956 |
|
|
|
1,826 |
|
Other
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
|
1,365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
29,283 |
|
|
|
27,670 |
|
|
|
27,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
5,058 |
|
|
|
4,533 |
|
|
|
5,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,341 |
|
|
|
32,203 |
|
|
|
33,086 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
(91 |
) |
Finance costs re employee benefits
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
Net foreign exchange losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other losses on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other losses on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Finance income re employee benefits
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amortisation of transitional adjustment on bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(79 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
(74 |
) |
Finance income/(costs) re employee benefits
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs reflected in adjusted earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90 |
) |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
(79 |
) |
Other net finance income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(79 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Current tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge in respect of current year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In respect of timing differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
Recognition of previously unrecognised capital losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax benefit/(charge)
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
(47 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2006, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset in
relation to capital losses in the US which will be utilised on
the sale of Pearson Government Solutions. Previously it had not
been possible to foresee the utilisation of these losses prior
to their expiry. In addition, due to improved trading
performance and revised strategic plans together with the
expected utilisation of US net operating losses in the Pearson
Government Solutions sale, the Group has re-evaluated the likely
utilisation of operating losses both in the US and UK and as a
consequence has increased the amount of the deferred tax asset
carried forward in respect of such losses. The combined effect
of these two factors was to create a non-recurring tax benefit
of £127m.
The tax on the Groups profit before tax differs from the
theoretical amount that would arise using the UK tax rate as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Profit before tax
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
303 |
|
Tax calculated at UK rate
|
|
|
(140 |
) |
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
(91 |
) |
Effect of overseas tax rates
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
Joint venture and associate income reported net of tax
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Income not subject to tax
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unutilised tax losses
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
Prior year adjustments
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
Overseas
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(90 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tax benefit/(charge) on items charged to equity is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Deferred tax on share based payments
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Deferred tax on net investment hedges
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax on actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current tax on foreign exchange gains and losses
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit
attributable to equity shareholders of the Company by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the
year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and
held as treasury shares.
Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the
weighted average number of ordinary shares to take account of
all dilutive potential ordinary shares and adjusting the profit
attributable, if applicable, to account for any tax consequences
that might arise from conversion of those shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
Adjustments to exclude profit for the year from discontinued
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
Majority interest share of above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
798.4 |
|
|
|
797.9 |
|
|
|
795.6 |
|
Effect of dilutive share options (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions) for diluted
earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
799.9 |
|
|
|
799.0 |
|
|
|
796.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
55.9 |
p |
|
|
78.2 |
p |
|
|
32.9 |
p |
Diluted
|
|
|
55.8 |
p |
|
|
78.1 |
p |
|
|
32.9 |
p |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
54.1 |
p |
|
|
38.9 |
p |
|
|
29.0 |
p |
Diluted
|
|
|
54.0 |
p |
|
|
38.8 |
p |
|
|
29.0 |
p |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
1.8 |
p |
|
|
39.3 |
p |
|
|
3.9 |
p |
Diluted
|
|
|
1.8 |
p |
|
|
39.3 |
p |
|
|
3.9 |
p |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Final paid in respect of prior year 17p (2005: 15.7p; 2004:
14.8p)
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
Interim paid in respect of current year 10.5p (2005: 10p; 2004:
9.7p)
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A final dividend in respect of the financial year ending
31 December 2006 of 18.8p per share has been approved and
will absorb an estimated £151m of shareholders funds.
It will be paid on 11 May 2007 to shareholders who are on the
register of members on 10 April 2007. These financial statements
do not reflect this dividend.
|
|
11 |
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in | |
|
|
|
|
Land and | |
|
Plant and | |
|
course of | |
|
|
|
|
buildings | |
|
equipment | |
|
construction | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
897 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
Additions
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
Additions
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in | |
|
|
|
|
Land and | |
|
Plant and | |
|
course of | |
|
|
|
|
buildings | |
|
equipment | |
|
construction | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(436 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(542 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
(130 |
) |
|
|
(504 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(634 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
(479 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(607 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
174 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
384 |
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
152 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense of £18m (2005: £19m) has been
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold, £6m
(2005: £7m) in distribution expenses and £53m (2005:
£54m) in administrative and other expenses. In 2006
£6m (2005: £4m) relates to discontinued operations.
The Group leases certain equipment under a number of finance
lease agreements. The net carrying amount of leased plant and
equipment included within property, plant and equipment was
£4m (2005: £3m).
F-29
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
publishing | |
|
intangibles | |
|
intangibles | |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
Software | |
|
rights | |
|
acquired | |
|
acquired | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
3,397 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
345 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
3,654 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
4,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(396 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(429 |
) |
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
Adjustment on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
(221 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(237 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
3,271 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
3,760 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
publishing | |
|
intangibles | |
|
intangibles | |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
Software | |
|
rights | |
|
acquired | |
|
acquired | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(119 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
(179 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
3,278 |
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
3,654 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
3,854 |
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
3,271 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
3,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other intangibles acquired include customer lists and
relationships, software rights, technology, trade names and
trademarks. Amortisation of £4m (2005: £4m) is
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold and
£47m (2005: £25m) in administrative and other
expenses. In 2006 £3m of software amortisation (2005:
£3m) relates to discontinued operations.
Impairment tests for cash-generating units containing
goodwill
Impairment tests have been carried out where appropriate as
described below. The recoverable amount for each unit tested
exceeds its carrying value.
Goodwill is allocated to the Groups cash-generating units
identified according to the business segment. Goodwill has been
allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
) | |
|
|
|
|
(All figures | |
|
|
|
|
in £ millions | |
Higher Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
School Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
School Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
School Technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
Other Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
Other Government Solutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249 |
|
Other Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,707 |
|
|
|
3,172 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin US
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
Penguin UK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
Pearson Australia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IDC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149 |
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mergermarket
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other FT Publishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
FT Publishing total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,271 |
|
|
|
3,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill held for sale
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,492 |
|
|
|
3,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill has been allocated for impairment purposes to 13
cash-generating units. The recoverable amount of each
cash-generating unit is based on value in use calculations, with
the exception of IDC which is assessed on a market value basis.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. Following a review
in 2006, the allocation of corporate items has been revised. The
2005 comparative has been revised accordingly.
The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on
financial budgets approved by management covering a five year
period. The key assumptions used by management in the value in
use calculations were:
|
|
|
Discount rate The discount rate is based on
the risk-free rate for government bonds, adjusted for a risk
premium to reflect the increased risk in investing in equities.
The risk premium adjustment is assessed for each specific
cash-generating unit. The average pre-tax discount rates used
are in the range |
F-31
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
of 10.3% to 11.9% for the Pearson Education businesses, 7.8% to
10.3% for the Penguin businesses and 10.5% to 11.0% for the FT
Publishing businesses. |
|
|
Perpetuity growth rates The cash flows
subsequent to the approved budget period are based upon the
long-term historic growth rates of the underlying territories in
which the cash-generating unit operates and reflect the
long-term growth prospects of the sectors in which the
cash-generating unit operates. The perpetuity growth rates used
vary between 2.5% and 3.5%. The perpetuity growth rates are
consistent with appropriate external sources for the relevant
markets. |
|
|
Cash flow growth rates The cash flow growth
rates are derived from forecast sales growth taking into
consideration past experience of operating margins achieved in
the cash-generating unit. Historically, such forecasts have been
reasonably accurate. |
The valuation of IDC is determined using an observable market
price for each share. Other than goodwill there are no
intangible assets with indefinite lives.
|
|
13 |
Investments in joint ventures and associates |
Joint ventures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
At beginning of year
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
Share of profit/(loss) after tax
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Dividends
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
Additions and further investment
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost.
The aggregate of the Groups share in its joint ventures,
none of which are individually significant, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Current assets
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
Expenses
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
(47 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit/(loss)after income tax
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
At beginning of year
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Share of profit after tax
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Dividends
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
Distribution from associate in excess of carrying value
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is no acquisition goodwill relating to the Groups
investments in associates.
The Groups interests in its principal associates, all of
which are unlisted, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
Country of incorporation | |
|
Interest held | |
|
Assets | |
|
Liabilities | |
|
Revenues | |
|
Profit | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions ) | |
|
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Country of incorporation | |
|
Interest held | |
|
Assets | |
|
Liabilities | |
|
Revenues | |
|
Profit | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions ) | |
|
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The interest held in associates is equivalent to voting rights.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ | |
|
|
millions) | |
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than
12 months
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than
12 months
|
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months relate
to the utilisation of losses in the US. Included within the
losses to be utilised in 2007 are capital and operating losses
of £93m which it is anticipated will be utilised on the
sale of Pearson Government Solutions.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities may be offset when
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax
assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred
income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The Group has
unrecognised deferred tax assets at 31 December 2006 in
respect of UK losses of £35m and has not recognised a
deferred tax asset amounting to £47m on the net pension
deficit on UK plans on the basis that it is not sufficiently
certain that suitable future profits will arise against which to
offset the liability. None of these unrecognised deferred tax
assets have expiry dates associated with them.
The recognition of the deferred tax assets is supported by
managements forecasts of the future profitability of the
relevant business units.
The movement on the net deferred income tax account is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
|
|
£ millions) | |
At beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
21 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
Income statement release/(charge)
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
(47 |
) |
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities
during the year is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital | |
|
Trading | |
|
and | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
losses | |
|
losses | |
|
intangibles | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
|
359 |
|
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Transfer between current and deferred taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(42 |
) |
Income statement release/(charge)
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
63 |
|
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other deferred tax assets include temporary differences on
inventory, sales returns and other provisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
intangibles | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(139 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
Transfer between current and deferred taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
Income statement (charge)/release
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
Income statement charge
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
(149 |
) |
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred tax liabilities include temporary differences in
respect of depreciation and royalty advances.
|
|
15 |
Other financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
At beginning of year
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets comprise non-current unlisted securities.
F-35
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
16 |
Derivative financial instruments |
The Groups approach to the management of financial risks
is set out in Item 11 of this Form 20-F. The
Groups outstanding derivative financial instruments are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
notional | |
|
|
|
|
amounts | |
|
Assets | |
|
Liabilities | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Interest rate derivatives in a fair value hedge
relationship
|
|
|
953 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
Interest rate derivatives not in a hedge relationship
|
|
|
1,026 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Cross currency rate derivatives in a net investment
hedge relationship
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cross currency rate derivatives not in a hedge
relationship
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,389 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as expiring:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In less than one year
|
|
|
976 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
1,005 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Later than five years
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,389 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
notional | |
|
|
|
|
amounts | |
|
Assets | |
|
Liabilities | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Interest rate derivatives in a fair value hedge
relationship
|
|
|
1,109 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
Interest rate derivatives not in a hedge relationship
|
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Cross currency rate derivatives in a net investment
hedge relationship
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cross currency rate derivatives not in a hedge
relationship
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,849 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as expiring:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In less than one year
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
1,823 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
Later than five years
|
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,849 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of the above derivative financial instruments
equals their fair value. Fair values are determined by using
market data and the use of established estimation techniques
such as discounted cash flow and option valuation models.
At the end of 2006, the currency split of the
mark-to-market values
of rate derivatives, including the exchange of principal on
cross currency rate derivatives, was US dollar £(247)m,
euro £157m and sterling £157m (2005: US dollar
£(269)m, euro £166m and sterling £164m).
The fixed interest rates on outstanding rate derivative
contracts at the end of 2006 range from 3.02% to 7.00% (2005:
3.02% to 7.23%) and the floating rates are based on LIBOR in US
dollar, sterling and euro(EURIBOR).
F-36
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Groups portfolio of rate derivatives is diversified by
maturity, counterparty and type. Natural offsets between
transactions within the portfolio and the designation of certain
derivatives as hedges significantly reduce the risk of income
statement volatility.
The following sensitivity analysis of derivative financial
instruments to interest rate movements is based on the
assumption of a 1% change in interest rates for all currencies
and maturities, with all other variables held constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Net carrying | |
|
1% rate | |
|
1% rate | |
|
|
amount | |
|
increase | |
|
decrease | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Interest rate derivatives in a fair value hedge
relationship
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
31 |
|
Interest rate derivatives not in a hedge relationship
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Cross currency rate derivatives in a net investment
hedge relationship
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross currency rate derivatives not in a hedge
relationship
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of fair value hedge accounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
Sensitivity after the application of hedge accounting
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Counterparty exposure from all derivatives is managed, together
with that from deposits and bank account balances, within credit
limits that reflect published credit ratings to ensure that
there is no significant risk to any one counterparty. No single
derivative transaction had a market value (positive or negative)
at the balance sheet date that exceeded 3% of the Groups
consolidated total equity.
At the year end the Group held an amount of £29m equivalent
as collateral under a
mark-to-market
agreement. This reflected the amount, at market rates prevailing
at the end of October 2006, owed to the Group by a counterparty
for a set of three related rate derivatives. Under these
derivatives the Group is due to exchange $209m for
204m at the
beginning of February 2007,with the repayment of the
591m bond. There
are no restrictions on the Groups use of these funds,
which have been recorded in borrowings as a current bank loan.
In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement, the Group has reviewed all of
its material contracts for embedded derivatives that are
required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet
certain requirements, and has concluded that there are no
material embedded derivatives.
F-37
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
17 |
Intangible assets pre-publication |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
1,357 |
|
|
|
1,109 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
112 |
|
Transfers
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
|
(113 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
(931 |
) |
|
|
(753 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
(87 |
) |
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(210 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
Disposals
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
(750 |
) |
|
|
(931 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
402 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the above are pre-publication assets amounting to
£243m (2005: £261m)which will be realised in more than
12 months.
Amortisation is included in the income statement in cost of
goods sold. There was no amortisation relating to discontinued
operations in 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Raw materials
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Work in progress
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
373 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cost of inventories, all relating to continuing operations,
recognized as an expense and included in the income statement in
cost of goods sold amounted to £820m (2005: £767m). In
2006 £46m (2005: £42m) of inventory provisions were
charged in the income statement. None of the inventory is
pledged as security.
F-38
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
19 |
Trade and other receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ | |
|
|
millions) | |
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
825 |
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
Receivables from related parties
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
953 |
|
|
|
1,031 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables are stated net of provisions for bad and
doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns of
£284m (2005: £313m). The carrying amounts are stated
at their fair value. Concentrations of credit risk with respect
to trade receivables are limited due to the Groups large
number of customers, who are internationally dispersed.
|
|
20 |
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Cash at bank and in hand
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
Short-term bank deposits
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term bank deposits are invested with banks and earn
interest at the prevailing short-term deposit rates.
At the end of 2006 the currency split of cash and cash
equivalents is US dollars 31% (2005: 31%), sterling 35% (2005:
38%), euros 21% (2005: 24%) and other 13% (2005: 7%).
Cash and cash equivalents have fair values that approximate to
their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.
Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purpose
of the cash flow statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
(58 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
21 |
Financial liabilities Borrowings |
The Groups current and non-current borrowings are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007 (nominal amount
591m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436 |
|
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008 (nominal amount £100m)
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011 (nominal amount $500m)
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
307 |
|
7% Sterling Bonds 2014 (nominal amount £250m)
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014 (nominal amount $400m)
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018 (nominal amount $300m)
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,148 |
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due within one year or on demand:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
7.375% US Dollar notes 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152 |
|
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007 (nominal amount
591m)
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
1,959 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the non-current borrowings above is £12m of
accrued interest (2005: £35m).
Included in the current borrowings above is £22m of accrued
interest (2005: £3m).
All of the Groups borrowings are unsecured. In respect of
finance lease obligations (2006: £4m; 2005: £3m) the
rights to the leased asset revert to the lessor in the event of
default.
The maturity of the Groups non-current borrowing is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Between one and two years
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
Between two and five years
|
|
|
445 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
Over five years
|
|
|
596 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,148 |
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As at 31 December 2006 the exposure of the borrowings of
the Group to interest rate changes when the borrowings re-price
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One to | |
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
One year | |
|
five years | |
|
five years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Carrying value of borrowings
|
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
552 |
|
|
|
596 |
|
Effect of rate derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
(221 |
) |
|
|
(408 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
1,224 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts and market values of non-current borrowings
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying | |
|
Market | |
|
Carrying | |
|
Market | |
|
|
Effective | |
|
amount | |
|
value | |
|
amount | |
|
value | |
|
|
interest Rate | |
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
6.125% Euro Bonds 2007
|
|
|
6.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
419 |
|
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008
|
|
|
10.53 |
% |
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009
|
|
|
4.86 |
% |
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011
|
|
|
7.16 |
% |
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
7% Sterling Bonds 2014
|
|
|
7.20 |
% |
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014
|
|
|
5.88 |
% |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018
|
|
|
4.69 |
% |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,148 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
1,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The market values are based on clean market prices at the year
end or, where these are not available, on the quoted market
prices of comparable debt issued by other companies. The
effective interest rates above relate to the underlying debt
instruments.
The carrying amounts of the Groups borrowings are
denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
US dollar
|
|
|
966 |
|
|
|
1,165 |
|
Sterling
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
357 |
|
Euro
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
1,959 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The maturity of the Groups finance lease obligations is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Finance lease liabilities minimum lease
payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future finance charges on finance leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Not later than one year
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount of the Groups lease obligations
approximates their fair value.
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing
facilities as at 31 December:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Floating rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring within one year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring beyond one year
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year, the Group renegotiated its revolving credit
facility which increased the amount and extended the maturity
date.
In addition to the above facilities, there are a number of
short-term facilities that are utilised in the normal course of
business.
|
|
22 |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred | |
|
|
|
Re- | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consideration | |
|
Integration | |
|
organizations | |
|
Leases | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
At 1 January 2006
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
Charged to consolidated income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Unused amounts reversed
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
On acquisition
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Utilised during year
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Analysis of provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
Current
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred consideration Additional deferred
consideration of £17m was incurred during the year relating
to the acquisition of Mergermarket.
Lease commitments These relate primarily to
onerous lease contracts, acquired through business combinations,
which have various expiry dates up to 2010. The provision is
based on current occupancy estimates.
|
|
23 |
Trade and other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Trade payables
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
Social security and other taxes
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Accruals
|
|
|
345 |
|
|
|
363 |
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,160 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: non-current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion
|
|
|
998 |
|
|
|
974 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of the Groups trade and other
liabilities approximates their fair value.
The deferred income balances comprise:
multi-year obligations to deliver workbooks to
adoption customers in school businesses;
advance payments in contracting businesses;
subscription income in school, newspaper and market
pricing businesses; and
advertising income relating to future publishing
days in newspaper businesses.
Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates a number of retirement benefit plans
throughout the world, the principal ones being in the UK and US.
The major plans are self-administered with the plans
assets being held independently of the Group. Retirement benefit
costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent
qualified actuaries. The UK Group plan is a hybrid plan with
both defined benefit and defined contribution sections but,
predominantly, consisting of defined benefit liabilities. There
are a number of defined contribution plans, principally overseas.
The most recent actuarial valuation of the UK Group plan was
completed as at 1 January 2006.
F-43
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The principal assumptions used for the UK Group plan are shown
below. Weighted average assumptions have been shown for the
other plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
UK Group | |
|
Other | |
|
UK Group | |
|
Other | |
|
UK Group | |
|
Other | |
% |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Inflation
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
|
|
2.91 |
|
|
|
2.80 |
|
|
|
2.95 |
|
|
|
2.80 |
|
|
|
2.98 |
|
Expected rate of increase in salaries
|
|
|
4.70 |
|
|
|
4.37 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
4.43 |
|
|
|
4.80 |
|
|
|
4.44 |
|
Expected rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred
pensions
|
|
|
2.10 to 4.60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to 4.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.80 to 4.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rate used to discount plan liabilities
|
|
|
5.20 |
|
|
|
5.70 |
|
|
|
4.85 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
5.40 |
|
|
|
5.84 |
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
6.40 |
|
|
|
7.18 |
|
|
|
6.40 |
|
|
|
7.31 |
|
|
|
6.60 |
|
|
|
7.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based
on advice, published statistics and experience in each
territory. In 2006, the Group used the PMFA92 (medium-cohort)
series mortality tables for the UK Group plan modified for
age-rating adjustments to recalibrate the tables against
observed experience of the plan, and allowing for the future
improvement effect from the medium cohort approach.
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner
retiring at age 65 on the balance sheet date is as follows
for the UK Group plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Male
|
|
|
20.9 |
|
|
|
19.5 |
|
Female
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
21.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner
retiring at age 65, 20 years after the balance sheet
date, is as follows for the UK Group plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Male
|
|
|
22.2 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
|
Female
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
|
|
22.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group | |
|
benefit | |
|
|
|
Defined | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
plan | |
|
other | |
|
Sub Total | |
|
contribution | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Current service cost
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(92 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92 |
) |
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance income
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group | |
|
benefit | |
|
Sub | |
|
Defined | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
plan | |
|
other | |
|
Total | |
|
contribution | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Current service cost
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
Curtailments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group | |
|
benefit | |
|
Sub | |
|
Defined | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
plan | |
|
other | |
|
Total | |
|
contribution | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Current service cost
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77 |
) |
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total operating charge is included in administrative and
other expenses.
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
UK | |
|
Other | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
UK | |
|
Other | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
Group | |
|
funded | |
|
unfunded | |
|
2006 | |
|
Group | |
|
funded | |
|
unfunded | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
plans | |
|
Total | |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
plans | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,683 |
) |
|
|
(115 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(1,810 |
) |
|
|
(1,661 |
) |
|
|
(131 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(1,803 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension liability
|
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(177 |
) |
|
|
(271 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(303 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other post-retirement medical benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
Other pension accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(389 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following gains/(losses) have been recognised in the
statement of recognised income and expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Amounts recognised for defined benefit plans
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
Amounts recognised for post-retirement medical benefit plans
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised in year
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative amounts recognised
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of plan assets comprises the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
UK | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
UK | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
Group | |
|
funded | |
|
2006 | |
|
Group | |
|
funded | |
|
2005 | |
% |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
Total | |
|
plan | |
|
plans | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Equities
|
|
|
46.6 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
50.5 |
|
|
|
47.4 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
51.7 |
|
Bonds
|
|
|
23.8 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
25.9 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
Properties
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Other
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
The plan assets do not include any of the Groups own
financial instruments, nor any property occupied by the Group.
F-46
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Changes in the values of plan assets and liabilities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 UK | |
|
|
|
|
|
2005 UK | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group | |
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
Group | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
plan | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
plan | |
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
Actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
Contributions by employer
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(65 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(69 |
) |
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,661 |
) |
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
|
(1,803 |
) |
|
|
(1,502 |
) |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
|
(1,615 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
Current service cost
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
Curtailment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(78 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(79 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(85 |
) |
Actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(119 |
) |
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Benefits paid
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,683 |
) |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(1,810 |
) |
|
|
(1,661 |
) |
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
|
(1,803 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The history of the defined benefit plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
|
|
|
1,164 |
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,810 |
) |
|
|
(1,803 |
) |
|
|
(1,615 |
) |
|
|
(1,454 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension liability
|
|
|
(177 |
) |
|
|
(303 |
) |
|
|
(335 |
) |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experience adjustments on plan assets
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(119 |
) |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expected rates of return on categories of plan assets are
determined by reference to relevant indices. The overall
expected rate of return is calculated by weighting the
individual rates in accordance with the anticipated balance in
the plans investment portfolio.
The Group expects to contribute approximately £150m to its
defined benefit plans in 2007, which includes an additional
contribution of £100m to the UK Group plan.
F-47
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in
the discount rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
1% increase | |
|
1% decrease | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(242 |
) |
|
|
297 |
|
Other post-retirement obligations
The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical benefit
plans, principally in the US. These plans are unfunded. The
method of accounting and the frequency of valuations are similar
to those used for defined benefit pension plans.
The principal assumptions used are shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Inflation
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
Initial rate of increase in healthcare rates
|
|
|
10.00 |
|
|
|
10.00 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
Ultimate rate of increase in healthcare rates
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
Rate used to discount scheme liabilities
|
|
|
5.85 |
|
|
|
5.60 |
|
|
|
5.60 |
|
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Current service cost
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating (income)/costs
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The current and past service costs have been included in
administrative and other expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(58 |
) |
Exchange differences
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Reclassifications
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Past service cost
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
Benefits paid
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in
the assumed medical cost trend rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
1% increase | |
|
1% decrease | |
|
1% increase | |
|
1% decrease | |
|
1% increase | |
|
1% decrease | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/(decrease) of aggregate of service cost and interest
cost
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
(4.1 |
) |
|
|
3.7 |
|
Share-based payments
The Group recognised the following charges in the income
statement in respect of its equity-settled share-based payment
plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Pearson plans
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
IDC plans
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based payment costs
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group operates the following equity-settled employee option
and share plans:
|
|
|
Worldwide Save for Shares Plan Since 1994,
the Group has operated a Save-As-You-Earn plan for UK employees.
In 1998, the Group introduced a Worldwide Save for Shares Plan.
Under these plans, employees can save a portion of their monthly
salary over periods of three, five or seven years. At the end of
this period, the employee has the option to purchase ordinary
shares with the accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to
80% of the market price prevailing at the time of the
commencement of the employees participation in the plan.
Options that are not exercised within six months of the third,
fifth or seventh anniversary after grant lapse unconditionally. |
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan In 2000, the
Group established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan which allows
all employees in the US to save a portion of their monthly
salary over six month periods. At the end of the period, the
employee has the option to purchase ADRs with their accumulated
funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower of the
market price prevailing at the beginning or end of the period. |
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan This plan was
introduced in 2001 and renewed in 2006 and consists of two
parts: share options and/or restricted shares. |
|
|
Options were granted under this plan in 2001 based on a
pre-grant earnings per share growth test and are not subject to
further performance conditions on exercise. The options became
exercisable in tranches and lapse if they remain unexercised at
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. |
|
|
The vesting of restricted shares is normally dependent on
continuing service and/or upon the satisfaction of corporate
performance targets over a three-year period. These targets may
be based on market and/or non-market performance criteria.
Restricted shares awarded to senior management in October 2006
vest dependent on relative shareholder return, return on
invested capital and a combination of earnings per share growth.
The award was split equally across all three measures. Other
restricted shares awarded in 2006 vest depending on continuing
service over a three-year period. |
F-49
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan This plan
permits executive directors and senior executives around the
Group to invest up to 50% of any after tax annual bonus in
Pearson shares. If these shares are held more than three years
and the Group meets an earnings per share growth target, the
Company will match them on a gross basis of up to one share for
every one held after five years. |
|
|
In addition to the above, share options remain outstanding under
Executive Share Option, Reward and Special Share Option Plans.
These are legacy plans which were replaced with the introduction
of the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2001. |
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the Groups plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Number of | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
share | |
|
average | |
|
share | |
|
average | |
|
|
options | |
|
exercise | |
|
options | |
|
exercise | |
|
|
000s | |
|
price £ | |
|
000s | |
|
price £ | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
21,677 |
|
|
|
13.15 |
|
|
|
26,179 |
|
|
|
13.62 |
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
837 |
|
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
4.92 |
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(1,396 |
) |
|
|
5.36 |
|
|
|
(324 |
) |
|
|
6.01 |
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(1,828 |
) |
|
|
15.39 |
|
|
|
(4,352 |
) |
|
|
15.75 |
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(429 |
) |
|
|
6.72 |
|
|
|
(432 |
) |
|
|
9.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
18,861 |
|
|
|
13.36 |
|
|
|
21,677 |
|
|
|
13.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
15,595 |
|
|
|
14.14 |
|
|
|
17,420 |
|
|
|
13.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options were exercised regularly throughout the year. The
weighted average share price during the year was £7.45
(2005: £6.52). Early exercises arising from redundancy,
retirement or death are treated as an acceleration of vesting
and the Group therefore recognises in the income statement the
amount that otherwise would have been recognised for services
received over the remainder of the original vesting period.
The options outstanding at the end of the year have weighted
average remaining contractual lives and exercise prices as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Number of | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
share | |
|
average | |
|
share | |
|
average | |
Range of exercise prices |
|
options | |
|
contractual | |
|
options | |
|
contractual | |
£ |
|
000s | |
|
life years | |
|
000s | |
|
life years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
0 5
|
|
|
1,649 |
|
|
|
1.94 |
|
|
|
2,773 |
|
|
|
2.32 |
|
5 10
|
|
|
5,254 |
|
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
|
5,555 |
|
|
|
4.57 |
|
10 15
|
|
|
7,638 |
|
|
|
3.63 |
|
|
|
8,237 |
|
|
|
4.64 |
|
15 20
|
|
|
1,050 |
|
|
|
2.88 |
|
|
|
1,168 |
|
|
|
3.81 |
|
20 25
|
|
|
424 |
|
|
|
3.19 |
|
|
|
930 |
|
|
|
3.80 |
|
>25
|
|
|
2,846 |
|
|
|
3.22 |
|
|
|
3,014 |
|
|
|
4.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,861 |
|
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
|
21,677 |
|
|
|
4.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2006 and 2005 options were granted under the Worldwide Save
for Shares Plan. The weighted average estimated fair value for
the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
F-50
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The weighted average estimated fair values and the inputs into
the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
average | |
|
average | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Fair value
|
|
|
£1.92 |
|
|
|
£2.41 |
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
£7.66 |
|
|
|
£6.54 |
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
£6.30 |
|
|
|
£5.08 |
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
23.12 |
% |
|
|
35.47 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
|
4.0 years |
|
|
|
4.1 years |
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
4.42 |
% |
|
|
4.48 |
% |
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
3.52 |
% |
|
|
3.93 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
the Companys share price over the previous three to seven
years depending on the vesting term of the options.
The following shares were granted under restricted share
arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Weighted | |
|
2005 | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
of shares | |
|
average | |
|
Number | |
|
average | |
|
|
000s | |
|
fair value | |
|
of shares | |
|
fair value | |
|
|
| |
|
£ | |
|
000s | |
|
£ | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
6.27 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
5.57 |
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
3,585 |
|
|
|
6.96 |
|
|
|
3,987 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
In 2005, the fair value of restricted shares awarded under the
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan and the Long-Term Incentive
Plan was determined using a Black-Scholes model to reflect
dividends foregone using a dividend yield of 3.85%. From 2006
onwards, participants of the Long-Term Incentive Plan are
entitled to dividends during the vesting period. Following a
review of the accounting policies for share-based payments in
2006, the restricted shares granted in 2006 under the Annual
Bonus Share Matching Plan are valued using the share price at
the date of grant discounted by the dividend yield (3.66%) to
take into account any dividends foregone. The fair value of
shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan that vest
unconditionally was determined using the share price at the date
of grant. The number of shares to vest was adjusted based on
historical experience to account for any potential forfeitures.
Restricted shares with a market performance condition were
valued by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model.
Restricted shares with a non-market performance condition were
fair valued based on the share price at the date of grant.
Non-market performance conditions were considered by adjusting
the number of shares expected to vest based on the most likely
outcome of the relevant performance criteria.
Subsidiary share option plans
IDC, a 62% subsidiary of the Group, operates the following
share-based payment plans:
|
|
|
2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan In 2001, IDC adopted
the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for all eligible employees
worldwide. The 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan allows
employees to purchase stock at a discounted price at specific
times. |
|
|
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan Under this plan, the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors can grant
share-based awards representing up to 20% of the total number of
shares of common stock outstanding at the date of grant. The
plan provides for the discretionary issuance of share-based
awards to directors, officers and employees of IDC, as well as
persons who provide consulting or other services to IDC. The
exercise price for all options granted to date has been equal to
the market price of |
F-51
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
the underlying shares at the date of grant. Options expire ten
years from the date of grant and generally vest over a three to
four year period without any performance criteria attached. |
In addition, grants of restricted stock can be made to certain
executives and members of the Board of Directors of IDC. The
awarded shares are available for distribution, at no cost, at
the end of a three-year vesting period. No performance criteria
are attached to shares granted under this plan.
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
Weighted | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
Weighted | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number | |
|
average | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Number | |
|
average | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
of share | |
|
exercise | |
|
average | |
|
of share | |
|
exercise | |
|
average | |
|
|
options | |
|
price | |
|
exercise | |
|
options | |
|
price | |
|
exercise | |
|
|
000s | |
|
$ | |
|
price £ | |
|
000s | |
|
$ | |
|
price £ | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
10,068 |
|
|
|
15.16 |
|
|
|
8.37 |
|
|
|
9,832 |
|
|
|
13.46 |
|
|
|
7.36 |
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
1,835 |
|
|
|
20.58 |
|
|
|
10.52 |
|
|
|
1,940 |
|
|
|
21.38 |
|
|
|
11.80 |
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(1,252 |
) |
|
|
12.88 |
|
|
|
6.58 |
|
|
|
(1,412 |
) |
|
|
11.57 |
|
|
|
6.39 |
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(139 |
) |
|
|
19.02 |
|
|
|
9.72 |
|
|
|
(292 |
) |
|
|
16.86 |
|
|
|
9.31 |
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
11.46 |
|
|
|
5.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
10,506 |
|
|
|
16.33 |
|
|
|
8.34 |
|
|
|
10,068 |
|
|
|
15.16 |
|
|
|
8.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
6,547 |
|
|
|
14.11 |
|
|
|
7.21 |
|
|
|
6,052 |
|
|
|
12.58 |
|
|
|
6.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted
average remaining contractual life and exercise price as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Number | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
of share | |
|
average | |
|
of share | |
|
average | |
Range of exercise prices |
|
options | |
|
contractual | |
|
options | |
|
contractual | |
$ |
|
000s | |
|
life years | |
|
000s | |
|
life years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
0 4.4
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
4.4 7.5
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
7.5 12
|
|
|
2,164 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
2,685 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
12 20
|
|
|
4,640 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
5,243 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
>20
|
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,506 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
10,068 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year IDC granted the following shares under
restricted share arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
Weighted | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Number | |
|
average | |
|
Weighted | |
|
2005 | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
of shares | |
|
fair value | |
|
average | |
|
Number | |
|
average | |
|
average | |
|
|
000s | |
|
$ | |
|
fair value | |
|
of shares | |
|
fair value | |
|
fair value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
£ | |
|
000s | |
|
$ | |
|
£ | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
20.82 |
|
|
|
10.64 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
20.57 |
|
|
|
11.35 |
|
2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
3.98 |
|
|
|
2.03 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
3.68 |
|
|
|
2.03 |
|
Shares awarded under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan were
valued based on the share price prevailing at the date of grant.
The fair value of the options granted under the Long-Term
Incentive Plan and
F-52
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
of the shares awarded under the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan was estimated using a Black-Scholes model. The weighted
average estimated fair values and the inputs into the
Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan | |
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
average | |
|
average | |
|
average | |
|
average | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Fair value
|
|
|
$ 6.57 |
|
|
|
$ 5.56 |
|
|
|
$ 3.98 |
|
|
|
$ 3.68 |
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
$20.58 |
|
|
|
$21.38 |
|
|
|
$15.58 |
|
|
|
$15.46 |
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
$20.58 |
|
|
|
$21.38 |
|
|
|
$15.58 |
|
|
|
$15.46 |
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
25.90 |
% |
|
|
24.50 |
% |
|
|
18.32 |
% |
|
|
20.00 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
|
4.7 years |
|
|
|
4.0 years |
|
|
|
0.5 years |
|
|
|
0.5 years |
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
4.56% to 5.11 |
% |
|
|
3.86 |
% |
|
|
3.66% to 5.22 |
% |
|
|
2.33 |
% |
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
IDCs share price over the vesting term of the options.
|
|
25 |
Share capital and share premium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Ordinary | |
|
Share | |
|
|
of shares | |
|
shares | |
|
premium | |
|
|
000s | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
803,250 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
2,473 |
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
804,020 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
2,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
2,089 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
806,109 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
2,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total authorised number of ordinary shares is 1,190m shares
(2005: 1,186m shares) with a par value of 25p per share (2005:
25p per share). All issued shares are fully paid. All shares
have the same rights.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson plc | |
|
IDC | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Number | |
|
|
|
Number | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares | |
|
|
|
of shares | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
000s | |
|
£m | |
|
000s | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
4,623 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
3,145 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
626 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
1,407 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
5,249 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
4,552 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
(1,188 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
8,761 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
6,052 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group holds its own shares in trust to satisfy its
obligations under its restricted share plans (see note 24).
These shares are held as treasury shares and have a par value of
25p per share.
IDC hold their own shares in respect of share buy-back
programmes. These shares are held as treasury shares and have a
par value of $0.01.
F-53
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The nominal value of Pearson plc treasury shares amounts to
£2.2m (2005: £2.1m). The nominal value of IDC treasury
shares amounts to £0.3m (2005: £0.3m).
At 31 December 2006 the market value of Pearson plc
treasury shares was £67.6m (2005: £36.2m) and the
market value of IDC treasury shares was £74.3m (2005:
£60.2m).
|
|
27 |
Other reserves and retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation | |
|
Fair value | |
|
other | |
|
Retained | |
|
|
Notes | |
|
reserve | |
|
reserve | |
|
reserves | |
|
earnings | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
At 1 January 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(491 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(491 |
) |
|
|
749 |
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative translation adjustment disposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
624 |
|
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205 |
) |
Equity settled transactions
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
Actuarial gains on post-retirement plans
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Transition adjustment on adoption of IAS 39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(175 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(175 |
) |
|
|
1,214 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(417 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(417 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(220 |
) |
Equity settled transactions
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
Actuarial gains on post-retirement plans
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107 |
|
Treasury shares released under employee share plans
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(592 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(592 |
) |
|
|
1,568 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The translation reserve includes exchange differences arising
from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations
and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as
hedges of such investments.
On 30 September 2006, the Group acquired 100% of the voting
rights of Mergermarket, a financial information company
providing information to financial institutions, corporations
and their advisers. In addition, several other businesses were
acquired in the current year including Promissor, Paravia Bruno
Mondadori (PBM), National Evaluation Systems (NES), PowerSchool
and Chancery in the Education business and Quote.com in IDC.
None of these other acquisitions were individually material to
the Group. In 2005, the amounts shown below mainly relate to the
acquisition of AGS Publishing.
F-54
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The assets and liabilities arising from acquisitions are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Mergermarket | |
|
Mergermarket | |
|
|
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
Carrying | |
|
Fair value | |
|
Mergermarket | |
|
Fair | |
|
Fair | |
|
Fair | |
|
|
Notes | |
|
amount | |
|
adjs | |
|
Fair value | |
|
value | |
|
value | |
|
value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(42 |
) |
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Equity minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
149 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satisfied by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
(273 |
) |
|
|
(382 |
) |
|
|
(249 |
) |
Deferred consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
Net prior year adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Total consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
(390 |
) |
|
|
(253 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of net assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
Fair value adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value to the Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value adjustments relating to the acquisition of
Mergermarket are provisional and will be finalised during 2007.
They include the valuation of intangible assets and the related
deferred tax effect. Adjustments to 2005 provisional fair values
largely relate to the acquisition of AGS Publishing.
Net cash outflow on acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Cash Current year acquisitions
|
|
|
(382 |
) |
|
|
(249 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
Deferred payments for prior year acquisitions and other items
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents acquired
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash outflow on acquisition
|
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
(246 |
) |
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Mergermarket is
attributable to the profitability of the acquired business and
the significant synergies expected to arise.
Mergermarket contributed £9m of sales and £2m to the
Groups profit before tax between the date of acquisition
and the balance sheet date. Other businesses acquired
contributed £15m to the Groups profit before tax
between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet date.
F-55
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
If the acquisitions had been completed on 1 January 2006,
Group sales for the period would have been £4,199m and
profit before tax would have been £478m.
29 Non-current assets classified as held for
sale
As described in note 3, on 11 December 2006 the Group
announced the disposal of Pearson Government Solutions. This
disposal was completed on 15 February 2007 (see
note 35). The major classes of assets and liabilities
comprising the operations classified as held for sale at the
balance sheet date are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
|
|
£ millions) | |
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Intangible assets Goodwill
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
Intangible assets Other
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets
classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Disposal of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Investments in associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
Equity minority interests
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Attributable goodwill
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets disposed of
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-56
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Cash flow from disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Current year disposals
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Costs paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents/net debt disposed of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash inflow
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 2006 disposal relates to share options exercised in IDC.
2005 disposals relate mainly to the disposal of the Groups
79% interest in Recoletos Grupo de Communicación S.A..
31 Cash generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(All figures in £ millions) | |
Net profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
Amortisation of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Adjustment on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortisation of other intangible assets
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Investment in pre-publication assets
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
|
(222 |
) |
|
|
(181 |
) |
Amortisation of pre-publication assets
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Profit on sale of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
Net finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
(Profit)/loss on sale of subsidiaries and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(346 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
Net foreign exchange(losses)/gains from transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
653 |
|
|
|
524 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following a review of accounting presentation in 2006, the Group
has chosen to reclassify investment in pre-publication assets as
cash generated from operations. This aligns the classification
in the cash flow with the treatment of comparable items in other
industries and provides more relevant information on the Group
cash flow. The impact of this change is to reduce cash generated
from operations by £222m in 2005 (£181m in 2004) and
increase net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
by £222m in 2005 (£181m in 2004).
F-57
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In the cash flow statement, proceeds from sale of property,
plant and equipment comprise:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Net book amount
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal non-cash transactions are movements in finance
lease obligations of £4m (2005: £nil).
32 Contingencies
There are contingent Group liabilities that arise in the normal
course of business in respect of indemnities, warranties and
guarantees in relation to former subsidiaries and in respect of
guarantees in relation to subsidiaries and associates. In
addition there are contingent liabilities of the Group in
respect of legal claims. None of these claims is expected to
result in a material gain or loss to the Group.
33 Commitments
Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the balance sheet date but
not yet incurred is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group leases various offices and warehouses under
non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have
varying terms and renewal rights. The Group also leases various
plant and equipment under operating lease agreements, also with
varying terms. The lease expenditure charged to the income
statement during the year is disclosed in note 5.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments in respect of
operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(All figures in | |
|
|
£ millions) | |
Not later than one year
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
Later than one year and not later than two years
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Later than two years and not later than three years
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
Later than three years and not later than four years
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
Later than four years and not later than five years
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
915 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,369 |
|
|
|
1,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
34 Related party transactions
Joint ventures and associates Amounts
advanced to joint ventures and associates during the year and at
the balance sheet date are set out in note 13. Amounts
falling due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 19.
Key management personnel are deemed to be the members of
the board of directors of Pearson plc. It is this board which
has responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the Group. Key management personnel compensation
is disclosed in the directors remuneration report.
There were no other material related party transactions.
No guarantees have been provided to related parties.
35 Events after the balance sheet date
On 15 February 2007 the Group completed the disposal of Pearson
Government Solutions, its Government services business, to
Veritas Capital. Sale proceeds consist of $560m in cash, $40m in
preferred stock and 10% of the equity of the business. The Group
expects to make a post-tax loss on the disposal as the capital
gain for tax purposes will exceed any book gain.
F-59
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
36 |
Summary of principal differences between International
Financial Reporting Standards and United States of America
generally accepted accounting principles |
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with EU-adopted International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS), which differ in certain
significant respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America (US
GAAP). Such differences involve methods for measuring the
amounts shown in the financial statements.
The following is a summary of the adjustments to consolidated
profit for the financial year and consolidated
shareholders funds that would have been required in
applying the significant differences between IFRS and
US GAAP.
Reconciliation of consolidated profit for the financial
year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Note | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Profit for the financial year under IFRS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
US GAAP adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible amortization
|
|
|
(i) |
|
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
Leases
|
|
|
(v) |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Disposal adjustments
|
|
|
(iv) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(119 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Pensions and other post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
(vi) |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(vii) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
(viii) |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
Acquisition adjustments
|
|
|
(xii) |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnerships and associates
|
|
|
(x) |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(xi) |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
Taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments
|
|
|
(xiv) |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total US GAAP adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income under US GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit from continuing operations (less (benefit from)/charge
for applicable taxes 2006: £(45)m, 2005: £100m, 2004:
£2m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations (less charge for
applicable taxes 2006: £8m; 2005: £8m, 2004: £15m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations (less charge for
applicable taxes 2006: £nil; 2005: £1m, 2004:
£nil)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income under US GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Note | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Presentation of earnings per equity share under US GAAP
|
|
|
(xiii) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings/(loss) per equity share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(p |
) |
|
|
(p |
) |
|
|
(p |
) |
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49.9 |
|
|
|
20.5 |
|
|
|
19.2 |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
|
|
31.0 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42.7 |
|
|
|
51.5 |
|
|
|
22.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49.8 |
|
|
|
20.5 |
|
|
|
19.2 |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
|
|
30.9 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42.6 |
|
|
|
51.4 |
|
|
|
22.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares outstanding (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
798.4 |
|
|
|
797.9 |
|
|
|
795.6 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of shares outstanding assuming dilution (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
799.9 |
|
|
|
799.0 |
|
|
|
796.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of consolidated shareholders funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Note | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Shareholders funds under IFRS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,476 |
|
|
|
3,564 |
|
US GAAP adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(i) |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(i),(ii) |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
(v) |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Pensions and other post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
(vi) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
(viii) |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(vii) |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition adjustments
|
|
|
(xii) |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
Partnerships and associates
|
|
|
(x) |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(xi) |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
Taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments
|
|
|
(xiv) |
|
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total US GAAP adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders funds under US GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,581 |
|
|
|
3,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-61
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of the principal differences and additional
disclosures applicable to the Group are set out below:
|
|
|
(i) Goodwill and other intangibles |
Both IFRS and US GAAP require purchase consideration to be
allocated to the net assets acquired at their fair value on the
date of acquisition, with the difference between the
consideration and the fair value of the identifiable net assets
recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in
accordance with IFRS 3 Business
Combinations.
For the purposes of US GAAP, all goodwill written off against
reserves before the transition to IFRS has been reinstated as an
asset on the balance sheet. Prior to July 1, 2001, goodwill
was amortized over its estimated useful life. In July 2001, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Financial Accounting Standard (FAS) 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets which
required that goodwill no longer be amortized. SFAS 142 was
effective for the Group on January 1, 2002. As a result,
goodwill is no longer subject to amortization subsequent to the
date of adoption, but is subject to the annual impairment
testing provisions of FAS 142. Impairment reviews were performed
and, consistent with IFRS, no reporting units were impaired.
Under UK GAAP, before the transition to IFRS on January 1,
2003, intangible assets (other than goodwill) could only be
recognized where they could be disposed of separately from the
businesses to which they related. Consequently the Group did not
recognize any acquired intangible assets other than goodwill
prior to January 1, 2003. In accordance with IFRS 3,
acquired intangible assets (such as publishing rights, customer
relationships, technology and trademarks) in respect of
acquisitions after January 1, 2003 have been capitalized
and amortized over a range of estimated useful lives between 2
and 30 years. Under US GAAP, acquired intangible assets on
all acquisitions have been capitalized and amortized. The
identified intangibles have been valued based on independent
appraisals and management evaluation and analysis.
GAAP differences between IFRS and US GAAP arise from the
following factors. In respect of acquisitions prior to
January 1, 1998, goodwill has remained as a deduction to
reserves under IFRS in accordance with the transition rules of
IFRS 1 but has been capitalized under US GAAP. In
respect of acquisitions between January 1, 1998 and
December 31, 2002, no acquired intangible assets other than
goodwill have been recognized under IFRS while they have been
fully recognized under US GAAP. Amortization of goodwill ceased
on December 31, 2001 under US GAAP but ceased a year
later under IFRS. Also, contingent consideration is recognized
as a cost of acquisition under IFRS, if it is probable that the
contingent consideration will be paid and can be measured
reliably. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only
recognized when paid (see acquisition adjustments
(xii) below).
F-62
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The movement of the US GAAP adjustments to goodwill and
intangibles in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
Intangible assets | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Year ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
267 |
|
Foreign exchange differences
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
28 |
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
Net movement in deferred consideration
|
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange differences
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50 |
) |
Net movement in deferred consideration
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) Pre-publication assets |
In accordance with IAS 1 Presentation of Financial
Statements the Group classifies its pre-publication assets
as current intangibles under IFRS, as they are expected to be
consumed within their normal identifiable operating cycle. Under
IFRS an asset shall be disclosed as current when it is expected
to be realized in, or is intended for sale or consumption in,
the entitys normal operating cycle, provided that the
operating cycle is clearly identifiable. Where the operating
cycle is not clearly identifiable its duration is assumed to be
twelve months. Under US GAAP, these assets are classified as
long-term assets, as the benefit will accrue to several future
annual periods, in accordance with ARB 43
Restatement & Revision of Accounting Research
Bulletin (Working Capital). As a result of this difference
in classification, non-current intangible assets are £402m
higher under US GAAP in 2006 than under IFRS (2005: £426m
higher) and current intangible assets under US GAAP are
£nil for all periods presented.
The Company determines a normal operating cycle under IFRS
separately for each entity/ cash generating unit within the
group with distinct economic characteristics. Each of its
education businesses has an operating cycle which is clearly
identifiable. The duration of the cycle is primarily based on
the expected period over which the educational programs and
titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of the
time it takes to produce the educational programs. The
pre-publication assets are amortized from the date of first
delivery of the program. The normal operating cycle commences
when pre-publication activity starts and typically ends
5 years after the date of first delivery for the School,
Higher Education and Professional segments, and 4 years
after the date of first delivery for the Penguin segment.
Under US GAAP, the Companys investment in pre-publication
assets has been classified as an investing activity, whereas
under IFRS, investment in pre-publication assets has been
classified as an operating activity. Consequently under US GAAP,
net cash generated from operations, in respect of this item, is
£213m higher in 2006 than under IFRS (£222m higher in
2005 and £181m higher in 2004) while the cash flow from
investing activities in 2006 is £213m lower than under IFRS
(£222m lower in 2005 and £181m lower in 2004).
|
|
|
(iii) Discontinued operations |
Discontinued operations comprise the differences between IFRS
and US GAAP in respect of Pearson Government solutions for
2006, 2005 and 2004 and Recoletos for 2005 and 2004.
F-63
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The (loss)/profit before tax, assets and liabilities in respect
of discontinued operations under US GAAP are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Total (loss)/profit before tax in respect of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
Assets in respect of discontinued operations
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
Liabilities in respect of discontinued operations
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
(183 |
) |
Under US GAAP, the Company has included the Cumulative
Translation Adjustment (CTA) relating to the assets held
for sale in relation to Government Solutions in its impairment
analysis as required by
EITF 01-05. As the
resulting carrying value exceeds the fair value less cost to
sell, the Group has recognized an impairment loss of £70m
in its US GAAP income statement for the year ended
December 31, 2006. The CTA will be released to net income
upon the completion of the disposal of Government Solutions in
2007.
Under IFRS, the Group has measured its assets and liabilities
that have been classified as held for sale at the lower of its
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. IFRS does not
require the CTA to be included in the carrying value when
assessing an asset held for disposal for impairment. As a
result, there is no impairment loss recognized in the
Groups financial statements under IFRS in 2006.
|
|
|
(iv) Disposal adjustments |
In 2005 and 2004 gains and losses were recognized under IFRS on
the disposal of a number of the Groups businesses and
assets. Adjustments made to reconcile US GAAP and IFRS have an
effect on the net assets of these businesses and, accordingly, a
corresponding impact on the gain or loss on disposal. There were
no corresponding disposal adjustments in 2006.
Under IFRS, goodwill previously written off to reserves, which
has been grandfathered under the first time adoption provisions
of IFRS 1, is not treated as part of the calculation of
profit or loss on disposal when the business to which it relates
is sold. This usually results in higher profits on disposal than
under US GAAP, where the goodwill was capitalized and forms
part of the calculation of profit or loss on disposal.
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, it is necessary to factor into the
disposal calculation any cumulative translation adjustment
associated with the business. However, a GAAP difference arises
on disposals of entities acquired before the adoption of IFRS as
the translation reserve was reset to zero at the date of the
adoption of IFRS in accordance with the transitional provisions
in IFRS 1. Under US GAAP, the translation reserve runs
from the date of acquisition.
The reconciling items between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of
disposals are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Difference in carrying value on disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Cumulative translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total US GAAP differences in respect of disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(119 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year, the Group disposed of one of its properties in
a sale and lease back transaction. The resulting lease qualifies
under both IFRS and US GAAP as an operating lease. A GAAP
difference arises as under US GAAP any gain that arises on
the sale is deferred and spread over the remaining life of the
lease. In accordance with IAS 17, the gain on disposal was
recognized immediately in the income statement as the
transaction was established at fair value.
F-64
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
(vi) |
Pensions and other post-retirement benefits |
The Group operates defined benefit pension plans for its
employees and former employees throughout the world. The largest
defined benefit plan is a funded plan operated in the UK.
In 2006, the Group adopted FAS 158 Employers
accounting for defined benefit pension and other post retirement
plans, this applies in conjunction with FAS 87
Employers Accounting for Pensions. FAS 87
has been applied during 2004 and 2005.
Under IFRS, the expense of defined benefit pension plan and
other post-retirement benefits is charged to the income
statement as an operating expense over the periods benefiting
from the employees services. The charge is based on
actuarial assumptions reflecting market conditions at the
beginning of the financial year.
Under IAS 19, the Group has recognized a pension obligation
representing the excess of the defined benefit obligation over
the fair value of assets as at December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2006. Actuarial gains and losses,
i.e. the difference between the expected development of the
assets and liabilities and the actual development, are
recognized immediately through the statement of recognized
income and expenses.
Under both FAS 158 and FAS 87, in addition to the
pension expense items recognized under IFRS, actuarial gains and
losses in excess of the corridor are recognized over the average
remaining service life of employees. However, the unrecognized
amount attributable to actuarial gains and losses falling within
a 10% corridor (i.e. 10% of the greater of the market value
of the plan assets or plan liabilities) is deferred and not
spread. Under US GAAP this results in an £19m increase in
the pension charge in 2006 (2005: £26m;
2004: £23m).
Under FAS 87, the accrual or prepayment recognized in the
balance sheet in respect of pensions represents the cumulative
income statement charges net of contributions to the scheme
since transition to the standard. In addition to this amount,
FAS 87 requires that an additional minimum liability is
recorded for any plan where the accumulated benefit obligation
exceeds the fair value of the plan assets by an amount greater
than the liability recognized in the balance sheet.
Under FAS 158, the provision or surplus recognized on the
balance sheet represents the difference between the fair value
of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation.
The adoption of FAS 158 resulted in the recognition of a
pension obligation representing the excess of the defined
benefit obligation over the fair value of assets. The effect was
an increase in the pension liability under US GAAP of
£44m. At December 31, 2006 there is no difference
between the pension liabilities under IFRS and US GAAP. For
the year ended December 31, 2005 the Group had recognized
prepaid pension costs amounting to £57m and a minimum
pension liability of £298m in respect of pensions and
accrued pension costs amounting to £49m in respect of
post-retirement benefit plans in line with FAS 87.
|
|
(vii) |
Share-based payments |
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the share-based payment charge
is determined based on the fair value of the award at the grant
date and is spread over the vesting period.
Under both IFRS and US GAAP, the fair value of awards is
determined at the date of grant using whichever of the
Black-Scholes, Binomial and Monte Carlo model is most
appropriate to the award. These models require assumptions to be
made regarding share price volatility, dividend yield, risk-free
rate of return and expected option lives.
The Group adopted FAS 123(R) as at January 1, 2006
using the Modified Prospective Application
transition method. In 2006, differences between US GAAP and
IFRS relate to the treatment of dual-indexed awards which are
considered equity-settled under IFRS. Under US GAAP these awards
are classified as liabilities and revalued to their fair value
at each balance sheet date. On adoption the Group reclassified
£1.2m relating to dual-indexed awards from equity to
liabilities and revalued them. The revaluation of these awards
F-65
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
on adoption and at year-end resulted in an increase of the
share-based payment charge by £1m. This increase was offset
by differences in the IFRS and US GAAP charge due to the
different treatment of forfeitures in prior years.
In 2005, differences between the US GAAP and IFRS charge
were mainly due to the different treatment of options with
graded vesting features. Under IFRS the charge is recognized as
the options gradually vest, whereas under US GAAP the
charge is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period resulting in an additional cost of £5m (2004:
£13m). The remainder of the adjustment in 2005 relates to
the treatment of forfeitures.
Differences also arise between US GAAP and IFRS on the
calculation of deferred tax on share-based payments. Whereas
under IFRS the deferred tax benefit is calculated based on the
intrinsic value of the option/share at the balance sheet date,
FAS 123(R) requires the tax benefit to be calculated based
on the compensation expense recognized during the year.
|
|
(viii) |
Derivative financial instruments |
Prior to the adoption of IAS 39 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on
January 1, 2005, the Groups derivatives were recorded
as hedging instruments. Amounts payable or receivable in respect
of interest rate swaps were accrued with net interest payable
over the period of the contract. Unrealized gains and losses on
currency swaps and forward currency contracts were deferred and
recognized when paid. Following the adoption of IAS 39,
derivatives are required to be recognized at fair value using
market prices or established estimation techniques such as
discounted cash flow or option valuation models.
For both IFRS and US GAAP, the Group designates certain of
the derivative financial instruments in its portfolio to be
hedges of the fair value of its bonds (fair value hedges) or
hedges of net investment in foreign operations (net investment
hedges). Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are
designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the
income statement, together with the change in fair value of the
hedged assets or liability attributable to the hedged risk. The
effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives
that are designated and qualify as net investment hedges are
recognized in equity. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are
included in the income statement when the corresponding foreign
operation is disposed of. Gains or losses relating to the
ineffective portion are recognized immediately in the income
statement. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not in
hedging relationships are recognized in the income statement.
Under US GAAP, certain of the Groups financial
instruments met the designation and testing requirements for
hedge accounting from January 1, 2004. Under IFRS, hedge
accounting has only been available from the date of adoption of
IAS 39, on January 1, 2005. This additional year of
hedge accounting under US GAAP gives rise to a difference
between IFRS and US GAAP in respect of shareholders
funds.
On adoption of IAS 39 on January 1, 2005, certain of
the Groups derivative financial instruments were deemed to
be in fair value hedging relationships for the purposes of
calculating the transition adjustment. The Group has elected not
to designate all of these derivatives as hedges on an ongoing
basis. In this circumstance, the transitional adjustment to the
carrying value of those bonds deemed to be in fair value hedging
relationships is being amortized over the life of the
corresponding derivative financial instrument. This gives rise
to a difference between IFRS and US GAAP, as this amortization
is included in the income statement under IFRS with no
corresponding entry under US GAAP.
The Group recharges some of its freight revenue to its
customers. As this income is incidental to the Groups main
revenue generating business, this income is classified as other
income under IFRS as disclosed in note 5 to these financial
statements. Under US GAAP freight recharges should be recognized
as revenue in accordance with
EITF 00-10
Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs.
The Group has also
F-66
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
reclassified distribution and subrights income to revenue for
all years presented. This resulted in an increase in sales under
US GAAP of £94m in 2006 (2005: £84m;
2004: £83m).
|
|
(x) |
Partnerships and associates |
There is no difference between IFRS and US GAAP in the
accounting for partnerships and associates. However, the
accounts of partnerships and associates must be adjusted from
IFRS to US GAAP, which has an impact on the results of the
partnerships and associates, as well as the carrying value of
the investment in these entities. Principal differences
identified with respect to the Groups investments in
partnerships and associates include: historic goodwill, pensions
and derivatives.
Under IFRS, when less than 100% of a subsidiary has been
acquired, minority interest in a business combination is stated
at the minoritys proportion of the net fair value of
acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed.
Under US GAAP, the minority interest is valued at historical
book value. In the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, there was no difference between IFRS and US GAAP in
the recognition of minority interest. In all years, minority
interests represent the minority share of US GAAP adjustments.
Under IFRS, minority interest is classified as a component of
shareholders equity. Under US GAAP, minority interest is
classified outside of equity.
|
|
|
(xii) Acquisition adjustments |
Under US GAAP, consideration related to the acquisition of
businesses contingent on a future event such as achieving
specific earnings levels in future periods, that is treated as
additional purchase price is recorded only when the specified
conditions are met and the consideration determinable, in
accordance with SFAS 141 Business
Combinations. Consideration related to the acquisition
of a business contingent on a future event that is treated as
compensation expense is recorded over the period in which the
compensation is earned. Under IFRS, contingent consideration is
treated as part of the purchase price on the date of
acquisition, if it is probable that the contingent consideration
will be paid and can be measured reliably.
|
|
|
(xiii) Presentation of earnings per equity share |
Under US GAAP an entity must present basic and diluted EPS for
discontinued operations or the cumulative effect of an
accounting change. Accordingly, the Group has presented EPS for
income from continuing operations, discontinued operations and
net income.
Under IFRS, IAS 12 Income Taxes, deferred tax
is recognized if it is probable that sufficient taxable profit
is available against which the temporary difference can be
utilized. Under US GAAP, deferred tax is recognized in full but
then reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than
not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be
realized.
F-67
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The reconciling items in 2006, 2005 and 2004 reflect the impact
of recording the full provision and deferred tax assets, net of
valuation allowance, and are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income | |
|
Equity | |
|
Income | |
|
Equity | |
|
Income | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
|
£m | |
Tax effect of GAAP adjustments on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangible amortization
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(121 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
38 |
|
Options, pensions, disposals and other adjustments
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total taxation effect of US GAAP adjustments
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax adjustments on the GAAP differences on goodwill and
intangible amortization are calculated by reference to each
specific acquisition. These adjustments arise on tax deductible
goodwill and intangibles primarily on acquisitions prior to
January 1, 2003 where intangibles have been recognized
under US GAAP which have not been recognized under IFRS.
The net effect of the adjustments is to recognize a smaller
deferred tax liability under US GAAP.
Adjustments to the deferred tax on derivatives are provided on
the gross adjustment to the value of the derivatives at the
balance sheet date with the movement on the tax adjustment shown
as a reconciling item in the profit and loss account.
Valuation allowances have previously been recognized in respect
of the tax losses carried forward. Following a review of the tax
position in the US and the likely utilization of operating
losses, the Group has released its valuation allowance in
respect of the deferred tax asset relating to its
US share-based payment plans amounting to £38m in
2006. These plans are not in the money and, consequently, a
deferred tax asset has not been recognized in line with
IAS 12. FAS 123(R) only permits a valuation allowance
where there are insufficient future taxable profits to utilize
the reversal of the temporary difference.
|
|
|
Other disclosures required by US GAAP |
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Group and majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. Under
IFRS, the investments in companies in which the Group is unable
to exercise control but has the ability to exercise significant
influence over operating and financial policies are accounted
for by the equity method, which is consistent with the equity
method under US GAAP. Accordingly, the Groups share of the
net earnings of these companies is included in the consolidated
profit and loss. The investments in other companies are carried
at cost. Inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated
upon consolidation.
The Group consolidates variable interest entities where we are
deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating
results for variable interest entities in which we are deemed
the primary beneficiary are included in the profit and loss
account from the date such determination is made.
Use of estimates
Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses. Accounting estimates have been
used in these financial statements to determine reported
amounts, including realizability, useful lives of tangible and
intangible assets, income taxes and other items. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
F-68
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
U.S. Accounting
Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
(FIN 48), an Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 with the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded
as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The provisions of
FIN 48 are to be applied to all tax positions upon initial
adoption of this standard. FIN 48 requires that the Group
recognizes in the financial statements the impact of a tax
position, if that position is more likely than not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the
position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure, and transition attributable to the tax
position. Management is currently assessing the impact of
FIN 48 on the Group.
|
|
|
International Accounting Pronouncements |
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures (effective
from January 1, 2007). IFRS 7 introduces new
disclosures of qualitative and quantitative information about
exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including
specific minimum disclosures about credit risk, liquidity risk
and market risk. Management is currently assessing the impact of
IFRS 7 on the Groups financial statements.
A complementary amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements Capital Disclosures
(effective from 1 January 2007). The amendment to
IAS 1 introduces disclosures about the level and the
management of the capital of an entity. Management is currently
assessing the impact of the complementary amendment to
IAS 1 on the Groups financial statements
IFRS 8 Operating Segments (effective January 1,
2009). IFRS 8 requires an entity to adopt the
management approach to reporting on the financial
performance of its operating segments, revise explanations of
the basis on which the segment information is prepared and
provide reconciliations to the amounts recognized in the income
statement and balance sheet. Management is currently assessing
the impact of IFRS 8 on the Groups financial
statements.
IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2 (effective for annual
periods beginning on or after May 1, 2006). IFRIC 8
requires consideration of transactions involving the issuance of
equity instruments where the identifiable
consideration received is less than the fair value of the equity
instruments issued to establish whether or not they
fall within the scope of IFRS 2. The Group will apply
IFRIC 8 from January 1, 2007, but it is not expected
to have any impact on the Groups accounts.
IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after
November 1, 2006). IFRIC 10 prohibits impairment
losses recognized in an interim period on goodwill, investments
in equity instruments and investments in financial assets
carried at cost to be reversed at a subsequent balance sheet
date. The Group will apply IFRIC 10 from January 1,
2007 but it is not expected to have a significant impact on the
Groups accounts.
IFRIC 7 Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29
Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies
(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
March 1, 2006). IFRIC 7 provides guidance on how to
apply the requirements of IAS 29 in a reporting period in
which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in
the economy of its functional currency, when the economy was not
hyperinflationary in the prior period. As none of the Group
entities have a currency of a hyperinflationary economy as their
functional currency, IFRIC 7 is not relevant to the
Groups operations.
IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after June 1,
2006). IFRIC 9 requires an entity to assess whether an
embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host
contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first
becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is
prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract
that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would
be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is
required. The Group does not expect IFRIC 9 to have a
material impact.
F-69
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets the requirements
for filing on
Form 20-F and that
it has caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual
report on its behalf.
|
|
|
Pearson plc |
|
|
/s/ Robin Freestone |
|
|
|
Robin Freestone |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Date: April 30, 2007
F-70